Toshiba Printer 281C Troubleshooting FC 451C_SH_EN_0004

2014-12-13

: Toshiba Toshiba-Printer-281C-Troubleshooting-127878 toshiba-printer-281c-troubleshooting-127878 toshiba pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 200

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2.

ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2.1

Error Code List

The following error codes is displayed at the upper right of the screen when the CLEAR PAPER or CALL
SERVICE symbol is blinking.

2.1.1

Jam

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

E010

Paper exit jam

Classification

Jam not reaching the exit sensor : The paper which
has passed through the fuser unit does not reach
the exit sensor.

P. 5-1

E020

Paper exit jam

Stop jam at the exit sensor: The trailing edge of the
paper does not pass the exit sensor after its leading
edge has reached this sensor.

P. 5-2

E030

Other paper jam

Power-ON jam: The paper is remaining on the
paper transport path when power is turned ON.

P. 5-18

E061

Incorrect paper size setting for upper drawer: The
size of paper in the 1st drawer differs from size setting of the equipment.

P. 5-18

E062

Incorrect paper size setting for lower drawer: The
size of paper in the 2nd drawer differs from size setting of the equipment.

P. 5-18

E063

Incorrect paper size setting for PFP upper drawer:
The size of paper in the 3rd drawer differs from size
setting of the equipment.
Incorrect paper size setting for PFP lower drawer:
The size of paper in the 4th drawer differs from size
setting of the equipment.
Incorrect paper size setting for bypass tray: The
size of paper in the bypass tray differs from size
setting of the equipment.
Image data delay jam: Image data to be printed
cannot be prepared.

P. 5-18

E064
E065
E090

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

P. 5-18
P. 5-18
P. 5-19

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-1

2

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

ADU misfeeding (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper which has passed through
ADU does not reach the registration sensor during
duplex printing.

P. 5-3

E120

Bypass misfeeding (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper fed from the bypass tray
does not reach the registration sensor.

P. 5-4

E130

Upper drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the
upper drawer feed sensor): The paper fed from the
upper drawer does not reach the upper drawer feed
sensor.

P. 5-5

E140

Lower drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the
lower drawer feed sensor): The paper fed from the
lower drawer does not reach the lower drawer feed
sensor.
PFP upper drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching
the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper fed
from the PFP upper drawer does not reach the PFP
upper drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-6

E160

PFP lower drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching
the PFP lower drawer feed sensor): The paper fed
from the PFP lower drawer does not reach the PFP
lower drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-8

E190

LCF misfeeding (Paper not reaching the LCF feed
sensor): The paper fed from the LCF does not
reach the LCF feed sensor.

P. 5-9

Upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the
registration sensor): The paper does not reach the
registration sensor after it has passed the upper
drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-10

E110

Classification
Paper misfeeding

E150

E200

Paper transport jam

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-2

P. 5-7

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the
registration sensor): The paper does not reach the
registration sensor after it has passed the upper
drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-10

E220

Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the
upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does not
reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-11

E300

PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not
reach the registration sensor after it has passed the
upper drawer feed sensor.
PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-10

E320

PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-12

E330

PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not
reach the registration sensor after it has passed the
upper drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-10

E340

PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-11

E350

PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.
PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper
does not reach the PFP upper drawer feed sensor
after it has passed the PFP lower drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-12

Jam access cover open jam: The jam access cover
has opened during printing.

P. 5-20

Front cover open jam: The front cover has opened
during printing.

P. 5-20

PFP side cover open jam: The PFP side cover has
opened during printing.

P. 5-21

ADU open jam: The ADU has opened during printing.
Side cover open jam: The side cover has opened
during printing.
LCF side cover open jam: The LCF side cover has
opened during printing.
Bridge unit open jam: The bridge unit has opened
during printing.

P. 5-21

Jam not reaching the ADU entrance sensor: The
paper does not reach the ADU entrance sensor
after it is switchbacked in the exit section.
Stop jam in the ADU: The paper does not reach the
ADU exit sensor after it has passed the ADU
entrance sensor.

P. 5-14

E210

Classification
Paper transport jam

E310

E360

E400

Cover open jam

E410
E420

Cover open jam

E430
E440
E450
E480
E510

Paper transport jam
(ADU section)

E520

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

P. 5-11

P. 5-13

P. 5-22
P. 5-22
P. 5-23

P. 5-15

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-3

2

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

E550

Other paper jam

Classification

Paper remaining jam on the transport path: The
paper is remaining on the transport path when printing is finished (caused by a multiple paper feeding).

P. 5-19

E712

RADF jam

Jam not reaching the original registration sensor:
The original fed from the original feeding tray does
not reach the original registration sensor.

P. 5-24

E713

Cover open jam in the read ready status: Jam
caused by opening of the RADF jam access cover
or front cover while the RADF is waiting for the
scanning start signal from the equipment.

P. 5-24

E714

Feed signal reception jam: The feed signal is
received even no original exists on the original
feeding tray.

P. 5-25

E721

Jam not reaching the read sensor: The original
does not reach the read sensor after it has passed
the registration sensor (when scanning obverse
side) or the reverse sensor (when scanning reverse
side).
Jam not reaching the original exit/reverse sensor
(during scanning): The original which passed the
read sensor does not reach the original exit/reverse
sensor when it is transported from the scanning
section to exit section.

P. 5-25

E724

Stop jam at the original registration sensor: The
trailing edge of the original does not pass the original registration sensor after its leading edge has
reached this sensor.

P. 5-26

E725

Stop jam at the read sensor: The trailing edge of the
original does not pass the read sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor.

P. 5-27

E731

Stop jam at the original exit/reverse sensor: The
trailing edge of the original does not pass the original exit/reverse sensor after its leading edge has
reached this sensor.
RADF jam access cover open: The RADF jam
access cover has opened during RADF operation.

P. 5-27

RADF open jam: RADF has opened during RADF
operation.

P. 5-28

Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The
paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sensor 1 after it has passed the exit sensor.

P. 5-29

Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The
trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge
unit transport sensor 1 after its leading edge has
reached the sensor.
Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The trailing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit
transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has
reached the bridge unit transport sensor 1.

P. 5-29

Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The
trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge
unit transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has
reached the bridge unit transport sensor 2.

P. 5-29

Punching jam: Punching is not performed properly.
[MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]
[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

P. 5-46

E722

E860
E870
E910

Finisher jam
(Bridge unit)

E920

E930

E940

E9F0

Finisher jam
(Punch unit)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-4
06/08

P. 5-26

P. 5-27

P. 5-29

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Error code
EA10

Classification
Finisher jam
(Finisher section)

Contents

Troubleshooting

Paper transport delay jam: The paper which has
passed the bridge
unit does not reach the inlet sensor. [MJ-1022/
1023/1024/1101]

P. 5-30

Paper transport stop jam:
(1) The paper does not pass through the inlet sensor.
[MJ-1022/1023/1024]
(2) The paper has passed through the inlet sensor
but does not reach or pass the feed path sensor
or processing tray sensor.
[MJ-1023/1024]
(3) The paper which has passed through the inlet
sensor does not reach the transport sensor.
[MJ-1101]

P. 5-32

EA21

Paper size error jam: Paper does not reach the sensor because the paper is shorter than spec. [MJ1101]

P. 5-33

EA30

Power-ON jam:
(1) Paper exists at the inlet sensor when power is
turned ON.
[MJ-1022/1023/1024]
(2) Paper exists at the feed path sensor or processing tray sensor when power is turned ON.
[MJ-1023/1024]

P. 5-34

EA31

Transport path paper remaining jam: The paper
which has passed through the inlet sensor does not
reach the transport sensor. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-35

EA32

Exit paper remaining jam: The paper is remaining
on the finishing tray when the power is turned ON.
[MJ-1101]

P. 5-35

Door open jam:
1) The finisher has been released from the equipment during printing. [MJ-1022]
2) The upper/front cover of the finisher section or
the upper/ front door of the puncher section has
opened during printing. [MJ-1023/1024]
3) The front cover or stationary tray cover is
opened during paper transport. [MJ-1101]
Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly.
[MJ-1022/1023/1024/1101]
Early arrival jam: The inlet sensor detects the paper
earlier than a specified timing. [MJ-1022/1023/
1024/1101]
Stack delivery jam: It cannot deliver the stack of
paper on the intermediary process tray to the stack
tray. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-36

EA20

EA40

Finisher jam
(Finisher section)

EA50
EA60
EA70

2

P. 5-38
P. 5-40
P. 5-41

Stack exit belt home position error: The stack exit
belt is not at the home position. [MJ-1101]

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-5
06/08

Error code
EA80

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly.
[MJ-1024]

P. 5-43

Door open jam: The delivery cover or inlet cover
has opened dur-ing printing [MJ-1024].

P. 5-43

EAA0

Power-ON jam: Paper exists at No.1 paper sensor,
No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper sensor, vertical
path paper sensor or delivery sensor when power is
turned ON. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-44

EAB0

Transport stop jam: The paper which passed
through the inlet sensor does not reach or pass
No.1 paper sensor, No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper
sensor or delivery sensor. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-44

EAC0

Transport delay jam: The paper which has reached
the inlet sensor does not pass through the inlet sensor. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-45

EA90

Finisher jam
(Saddle stitcher section)

EAD0

Other paper jam

Print end command time-out jam: The printing has
not finished normally because of the communication error between the SYS board and LGC board
at the end of printing.

P. 5-47

EAE0

Finisher jam

Receiving time time-out jam: The printing has been
interrupted because of the communication error
between the equipment and finisher when the
paper is transported from the equipment to the finisher.

P. 5-47

EAF0

Finisher jam
(Finisher section)

Stack return jam: It cannot load the paper which
passed through the delivery roller on the intermediary process tray. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-42

EB30

Finisher jam

Ready time time-out jam: The equipment judges
that the paper transport to the finisher is disabled
because of the communication error between the
equipment and finisher at the start of printing.

P. 5-47

EB50

Paper transport jam

Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple
feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding
of upcoming paper.

P. 5-16

Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple
feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding
of upcoming paper (redetection after no jam is
detected at [EB50]).

P. 5-17

Sideways adjustment motor (M2) home position
detection error: The Sideways adjustment motor is
not at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101
is installed)]
Skew adjustment motor (M1) home position detection abnormality: The Skew adjustment motor is not
at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is
installed)]

P. 5-48

ED12

Shutter home position error: The shutter is not at
the home position. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-49

ED13

Front alignment plate home position error: The front
alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ1101]

P. 5-49

ED14

Rear alignment plate home position error: The rear
alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ1101]

P. 5-50

ED15

Paddle home position error: The paddle is not at the
home position. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-50

ED16

Buffer tray home position error: The buffer tray is
not at the home position. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-51

EB60

ED10

ED11

Finisher jam

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-6
06/08

P. 5-48

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2.1.2

Service call

Error code
C010

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

Main motor abnormality: The main motor is not
rotating normally.

P. 5-52

C020

Developer motor abnormality: The developer motor
is not rotating normally.

P. 5-52

C030

Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is
not rotating normally.

P. 5-52

PFP motor abnormality: The PFP motor is not rotating normally. (the case that paper can be fed from
any drawer except the PFP)

P. 5-53

Upper drawer tray abnormality: The upper drawer
tray-up motor is not rotating or the upper drawer
tray is not moving normally. (the case that paper
can be fed from any drawer except the upper
drawer)
Lower drawer tray abnormality: The lower drawer
tray-up motor is not rotating or the lower drawer tray
is not moving normally. (the case that paper can be
fed from any drawer except the lower drawer)

P. 5-54

C150

PFP upper drawer tray abnormality: The PFP upper
drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP
upper drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case
that paper can be fed from any drawer except the
PFP upper drawer)

P. 5-55

C160

PFP lower drawer tray abnormality: The PFP lower
drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP
lower drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case
that paper can be fed from any drawer except the
PFP lower drawer)

P. 5-55

C180

LCF tray-up motor abnormality: The LCF tray-up
motor is not rotating or the LCF tray is not moving
normally. (the case that paper can be fed from any
drawer except the LCF)
LCF end fence motor abnormality: The LCF end
fence motor is not rotating or the LCF end fence is
not moving normally. (the case that paper can be
fed from any drawer except the LCF)

P. 5-56

LCF transport motor abnormality: The LCF transport motor is not rotating normally. (the case that
paper can be fed from any drawer except the LCF)

P. 5-58

Peak detection error: Lighting of the exposure lamp
(white reference) is not detected when power is
turned ON.

P. 5-59

C270

Carriage home position sensor not turning OFF
within a specified period of time: The carriage does
not shift from its home position in a specified time.

P. 5-59

C280

Carriage home position sensor not turning ON
within a specified period of time: The carriage does
not reach to its home position in a specified period
of time.

P. 5-59

Charger cleaner motor abnormality: Charger
cleaner motor is not rotating or wire cleaner is not
moving normally.

P. 5-89

C040

Drive system related
service call

Paper feeding system
related service call

C130

C140

C1A0

C1B0
C260

C360

Scanning system
related service call

Copy process related
service call

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

P. 5-54

P. 5-57

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-7

2

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

C411

Fuser unit related service call

Thermistor or heater abnormality at power-ON:
Abnormality of the thermistor is detected when
power is turned ON or the temperature of the fuser
roller does not rise in a specified period of time after
power is turned ON.

P. 5-60

C412

Thermistor/heater abnormality at power-ON: Thermistor abnormality is detected at power-ON or the
fuser roller temperature does not rise within a specified period of time after power-ON.

P. 5-60

C443

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment (not
reaching to intermediate temperature)

P. 5-61

C445

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment
(pre-running end temperature abnormality)

P. 5-61

C446

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment
(pre-running end temperature abnormality)

P. 5-61

C447

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment
(temperature abnormality at ready status)

P. 5-61

C449

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment
(overheating)

P. 5-61

C471

IH power voltage abnormality or IH initial abnormality
(IH board initial abnormality)

P. 5-61

C472

IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnormality)

P. 5-61

C475

IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnormality when door is opened)

P. 5-61

C480

Overheating of IGBT: The temperature of the IGBT
rises abnormally.

P. 5-61

C490

IH control circuit or IH coil abnormality: Abnormality
is detected in IH control circuit or IH coil is broken/
shorted.

P. 5-62

C4B0
C550

Fuser unit counter abnormality
Optional communicaRADF I/F error: Communication error has occurred
tion related service call between the RADF and the scanner.

P. 5-62
P. 5-63

C570

Communication error between Engine-CPU and
IPC board

P. 5-63

C580

Communication error between IPC board and finisher

P. 5-63

Connection error between SYS board and LGC
board

P. 5-64

C940
C950

Engine-CPU abnormality
LGC board memory abnormality

P. 5-64
P. 5-64

C960

Connection error between LGC board and DRV
board, ID abnormality

P. 5-64

C900

Circuit related service
call

C970

Process related service call

High-voltage transformer abnormality: Leakage of
the main charger is detected.

P. 5-89

C9E0

Circuit related service
call

Connection error between SLG board and SYS
board, ID abnormality

P. 5-65

CA10

Laser optical unit
related service call

Polygonal motor abnormality: The polygonal motor
is not rotating normally.

P. 5-66

H-Sync detection error: H-Sync signal detection PC
board cannot detect laser beams.

P. 5-66

CA20

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-8

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

Entrance motor abnormality: The entrance motor is
not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-67

CB11

Buffer tray guide motor abnormality: The buffer tray
guide motor is not rotating or the buffer tray guide is
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-67

CB12

Buffer roller drive motor abnormality: The buffer
roller drive motor is not rotating or the buffer roller is
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-67

CB20

Delivery motor abnormality: Delivery motor or delivery roller is not rotating normally. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-68

CB30

Tray 1/Tray 2 shift motor abnormality: Tray 1/Tray 2
shift motor is not rotating or delivery tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

P. 5-68

Movable tray shift motor abnormality: The movable
tray shift motor is not rotating or the movable tray is
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-68

CB31

Movable tray paper-full detection error: The actuator of the movable tray paper-full detection sensor
does not move smoothly. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-69

CB40

Rear aligning plate motor abnormality: Rear aligning plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

P. 5-69

Front alignment motor abnormality: The front alignment motor is not rotating or the front alignment
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-69

Staple motor abnormality: Staple motor is not rotating or stapler is not moving normally. [MJ-1022/
1023/1024]

P. 5-70

Stapler home position error: The stapler home position sensor does not work. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-70

CB51

Stapler shift home position error: The stapler is not
at the home position. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-70

CB60

Stapler shift motor abnormality: Stapler shift motor
is not rotating or staple unit is not moving normally.
[MJ-1023/1024/1101]

P. 5-71

CB80

Backup RAM data abnormality:
1) Abnormality of checksum value on finisher controller PC board is detected when the power is
turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024]
2) Abnormality of checksum value on punch controller PC board is detected when the power is
turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is
installed)]

P. 5-71

RAM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum value
on finisher controller PC board is detected when the
power is turned on. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-71

CB81

Flash ROM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum
value on finisher controller PC board is detected
when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-72

CB90

Paper pushing plate motor abnormality: Paper
pushing plate motor is not rotating or paper pushing
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-72

CBA0

Stitch motor (front) abnormality: Stitch motor (front)
is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.
[MJ-1024]

P. 5-72

CBB0

Stitch motor (rear) abnormality: Stitch motor (rear)
is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.
[MJ-1024]

P. 5-72

CB10

Classification
Finisher related
service call

CB50

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-9
06/08

2

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

Alignment motor abnormality: Alignment motor is
not rotating or aligning plate is not moving normally.
[MJ-1024]

P. 5-72

CBD0

Guide motor abnormality: Guide motor is not rotating or guide is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-73

CBE0

Paper folding motor abnormality: Paper folding
motor or paper folding roller is not rotating normally.
[MJ-1024]

P. 5-73

CBF0

Paper positioning plate motor abnormality: Paper
positioning plate motor is not rotating or paper positioning plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-73

CC00

Sensor connector abnormality: Connector of guide
home position sensor, paper pushing plate home
position sensor or paper pushing plate top position
sensor is disconnected. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-74

CC10

Micro switch abnormality: With all covers closed,
inlet door switch, delivery door switch or front cover
switch is open. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-74

CC20

Communication error between finisher and saddle
stitcher: Communication error between finisher controller PC board and saddle stitcher controller board
[MJ-1023/1024]
Stack processing motor abnormality: The stack processing motor is not rotating or the stack delivery
belt is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]
Stack transport motor abnormality: The stack transport motor is not rotating or the stack transport belt
is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-74

CC31

Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is
not rotating or the stack transport roller -1 and -2 is
not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-76

CC40

Swing motor abnormality: Swing motor is not rotating or swing unit is not moving normally. [MJ-1023/
1024]

P. 5-76

CC41

Paper holder cam home position abnormality: The
paper holder cam is not at the home position. [MJ1101]

P. 5-77

CC50

Horizontal registration motor abnormality: Horizontal registration motor is not rotating or puncher is
not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ6004 is installed)]

P. 5-77

CC51

Sideways adjustment motor (M2) abnormality:
Sideways adjustment motor is not rotating or
puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when
MJ-6101 is installed)

P. 5-77

CC52

Skew adjustment motor (M1) abnormality: Skew
adjustment motor is not rotating or puncher is not
shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is
installed)]
Punch motor abnormality: Punch motor is not rotating or puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/
1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]
Punch motor (M3) home position detection error:
Punch motor is not rotating or puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

P. 5-78

CBC0

CC30

CC60
CC61

Classification
Finisher related
service call

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 10
06/08

P. 5-75
P. 5-76

P. 5-78
P. 5-79

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

Punch ROM checksum error: Abnormality of checksum value on Hole punch controller PC board is
detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101
(when MJ-6101 is installed)]

P. 5-79

CC72

Punch RAM read/write error: Abnormality of checksum value on Hole punch controller PC board is
detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101
(when MJ-6101 is installed)]

P. 5-79

CC80

Front alignment motor abnormality: Front alignment
motor is not rotating or front aligning plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1022]
Front aligning plate motor abnormality: Front aligning plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

P. 5-80

Rear alignment motor abnormality: The rear alignment motor is not rotating or the rear alignment
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-80

CC90

Upper stack tray lift motor abnormality: The upper
stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the upper stack
tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-81

CCA0

Lower stack tray lift motor abnormality: The lower
stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the lower stack
tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-82

CCB0

Rear jogging motor abnormality: The rear jogging
motor is not rotating or the rear jogging plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-82

CCD0

Stack ejection motor abnormality: Stack ejection
motor or stack ejection roller is not rotating normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

P. 5-83

CCE0

Paper trailing edge assist motor abnormality: Paper
trailing edge assist motor is not rotating or paper
trailing edge assist is not moving normally. [MJ1023/1024]

P. 5-83

CCF0

Gear changing motor abnormality: Gear changing
motor is not rotating normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

P. 5-83

CDE0

Paddle motor abnormality: The paddle motor is not
rotating or the paddle is not rotating normally. [MJ1101]

P. 5-84

CE00

Communication error between finisher and punch
unit: Communication error between finisher controller PC board and punch controller PC board [MJ1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]
[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

P. 5-84

Image quality sensor abnormality (OFF level): The
output value of this sensor is out of a specified
range when sensor light source is OFF.

P. 5-85

CE20

Image quality sensor abnormality (no pattern level):
The output value of this sensor is out of a specified
range when the image quality control test pattern is
not formed.

P. 5-86

CE40

Image quality control test pattern abnormality: The
test pattern is not formed normally.

P. 5-87

CE50

Temperature/humidity sensor abnormality: The output value of this sensor is out of a specified range.

P. 5-88

CE90

Drum thermistor abnormality: The output value of
the drum thermistor is out of a specified range.

P. 5-88

CC71

CE10

Classification
Finisher related
service call

Image control related
service call

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 11
06/08

2

Error code
CEA0

Classification
Copy process related
service call

Contents

Troubleshooting

Revolver home position detection abnormality: It
cannot detect that the revolver is at its home position.

P. 5-89

Black developer unit lifting movement abnormality:
The black developer unit does not move up or down
normally (lifting cam does not operate normally).

P. 5-90

2nd transfer roller position detection abnormality:
The 2nd transfer roller does not contact/release
normally.

P. 5-91

CEE0

Transfer belt position detection abnormality (normal
speed): The home position of the transfer belt cannot be detected.

P. 5-92

CEE1

Transfer belt position detection abnormality (when
decelerating): Reference position of the transfer
belt cannot be detected.

P. 5-92

CEF0

Revolver motor abnormality: Revolver motor is not
rotating or revolver is not moving normally.

P. 5-92

Toner density detection voltage abnormality: The
output value of the color auto-toner sensor in printing is out of a specified range.

P. 5-93

Reference plate detection voltage abnormality: The
output value of the color auto-toner sensor against
the reference plate is out of a specified range at the
light amount correction during an auto-toner adjustment or when a print job has finished.
Light amount correction voltage abnormality: The
light amount correction is not finished normally during an auto-toner adjustment or when a print job
has finished, or the output value of the sensor is out
of a specified range when the light amount correction has finished.

P. 5-94

Color auto-toner sensor abnormality: The connection of the color auto-toner sensor cannot be
detected at the initialization, or the output value of
color auto-toner sensor when the revolver starts
rotating for initialization is out of a specified range.

P. 5-96

P. 5-63

CEB0
CEC0

CF20

Copy process related
service call

Toner density control
related service call

CF30

CF40

CF50

P. 5-95

F070

Communication
related service call

Communication error between System-CPU and
Engine-CPU

F090

Circuit related service
call

SRAM abnormality on the SYS board

P. 5-65

NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board

P. 5-65

SRAM and NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board

P. 5-65

Other service call

HDD format error: HDD cannot be initialized normally.

P. 5-97

HDD unmounted: Connection of HDD cannot be
detected.
HDD start error: HDD cannot become Ready state.

P. 5-97

F103

HDD transfer time-out: Reading/writing cannot be
performed in the specified period of time.

P. 5-97

F104

HDD data error: Abnormality is detected in the data
of HDD.

P. 5-97

F105

HDD other error

P. 5-97

F091
F092
F100
F101
F102

P. 5-97

F106

Point and Print partition damage

P. 5-97

F107

/BOX partition damage

P. 5-97

F108

/SHA partition damage

P. 5-97

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Error code
F110

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

Communication error between System-CPU and
Scanner-CPU

P. 5-63
P. 5-63
P. 5-97

F130

Scanner response abnormality
Database abnormality: Database is not operating
normally.
Invalid MAC address

F200

Data overwrite kit (GP-1060) is taken off

P. 5-98

SLG board abnormality

P. 5-65

F111
F120

F350

Communication
related service call
Other service call

Circuit related service
call

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

P. 5-97

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 13
05/11

2

2.1.3

Error in Internet FAX / Scanning Function

1) Internet FAX related error
Error code

Classification

Troubleshooting

1C10

System access abnormality

P. 5-98

1C11

Insufficient memory

P. 5-98

1C12

Message reception error

P. 5-98

1C13
1C14

Message transmission error
Invalid parameter

P. 5-98
P. 5-98

1C15

Exceeding file capacity

P. 5-98

1C20

System management module access abnormality

P. 5-98

1C21

Job control module access abnormality

P. 5-98

1C22

Job control module access abnormality

P. 5-98

1C30
1C31

Directory creation failure
File creation failure

P. 5-99
P. 5-99

1C32

File deletion failure

P. 5-98

1C33

File access failure

P. 5-99

1C40

Image conversion abnormality

P. 5-99

1C60
1C61

HDD full failure during processing
Address Book reading failure

P. 5-99
P. 5-99

1C62

Memory acquiring failure

P. 5-99

1C63

Terminal IP address unset

P. 5-99

1C64

Terminal mail address unset

P. 5-99

1C65

SMTP address unset

P. 5-99

1C66

Server time time-out error

P. 5-99

1C67
1C68

NIC time time-out error
NIC access error

P. 5-99
P. 5-99

1C69

SMTP server connection error

P. 5-99

1C6A

HOST NAME error

P. 5-99

1C6B

Terminal mail address error

P. 5-100

1C6C

Destination mail address error

P. 5-100

1C6D
1C70

System error
SMTP client OFF

P. 5-99
P. 5-100

1C71

SMTP authentication error

P. 5-100

1C72

POP before SMTP error

P. 5-100

1C80

Internet FAX transmission failure when processing E-mail job received

P. 5-100

1C81
1C82

Onramp Gateway transmission failure
Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received

P. 5-100
P. 5-100

1CC0

Job canceling

-

1CC1

Power failure

P. 5-100

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2) RFC related error
Error code

Message displayed in
the TopAccess screen

Contents

Troubleshooting

2500

Syntax error, command unrecognized

HOST NAME error(RFC: 500)
Destination mail address error
(RFC: 500)
Terminal mail address error
(RFC: 500)

P. 5-101

2501

Syntax error in parameters or arguments

HOST NAME error(RFC: 501)
Destination mail address error
(RFC: 501)
Terminal mail address error
(RFC: 501)

P. 5-101

2503

Bad sequence of commands

Destination mail address error
(RFC: 503)

P. 5-101

2504

2551

User not local

2552

Insufficient system storage

2553

Mailbox name not allowed

HOST NAME error
(RFC: 504)
Destination mail address error
(RFC: 550)
Destination mail address error
(RFC: 551)
Terminal/Destination mail address
error
(RFC: 552)
Destination mail address error
(RFC: 553)

P. 5-101

2550

Command parameter not implemented
Mailbox unavailable

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

P. 5-101
P. 5-101
P. 5-101
P. 5-101

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 15

2

3) Electronic Filing related error
Error code

Message displayed in
the TopAccess screen

Contents

Troubleshooting

2B10

There was no applicable job.

No applicable job error in job control
module

P. 5-102

2B11

Job status failed.

JOB status abnormality

P. 5-102

2B20
2B30

Failed to access file.
Insufficient disk space.

P. 5-102
P. 5-102

2B31

Failed to access Electronic Filing.

2B32

Failed to print Electronic Filing document.

File library function error
Insufficient disk space in /BOX partition
Status of specified Electronic Filing
or folder is undefined or being created/deleted
Electronic Filing printing failure:
Specified document can not be
printed because of clients access
(being edited, etc.).

2B50
2B51

Failed to process image.
Failed to process print image.

Image library error
List library error

P. 5-102
P. 5-102

2B71

Document(s) expire(s) in a few days

Documents expiring in a few days
exist

-

2B80

Hard Disk space for Electronic Filing
nearly full.

Hard disk space in /BOX partition is
nearly full (90%).

-

P. 5-102
P. 5-102

2B90

Insufficient Memory.

Insufficient memory capacity

P. 5-102

2BA0

Invalid Box password specified.

Invalid Box password

P. 5-102

2BB0

Job canceled

Job canceling

-

2BB1

Power failure occurred

Power failure

P. 5-102

2BC0
2BC1

System fatal error.
Failed to acquire resource.

P. 5-102
P. 5-102

2BD0

Power failure occurred during e-Filing restoring.

Fatal failure occurred
System management module
resource acquiring failure
Power failure occurred during restoring of Electronic Filing

2BE0

Failed to get machine parameter.

Machine parameter reading failure

P. 5-103

2BF0

Maximum number of page range is
reached.

Exceeding maximum number of
pages

P. 5-103

2BF1

Maximum number of document
range is reached.

Exceeding maximum number of documents

P. 5-103

2BF2

Maximum number of folder range is
reached.

Exceeding maximum number of folders

P. 5-103

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 16

P. 5-102

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

4) E-mail related error
Error code

Message displayed in
the TopAccess screen

Contents

Troubleshooting

2C10

Illegal Job status

System access abnormality

P. 5-104

2C11

Not enough memory

Insufficient memory

P. 5-104

2C12
2C13

Illegal Job status
Illegal Job status

Message reception error
Message transmission error

P. 5-104
P. 5-104

2C14

Invalid parameter specified

Invalid parameter

P. 5-104

2C15

Message size exceeded limit or max- Exceeding file capacity
imum size

P. 5-104

2C20

Illegal Job status

System management module access
abnormality

P. 5-104

2C21

Illegal Job status

Job control module access abnormality

P. 5-104

2C22

Illegal Job status

Job control module access abnormality

P. 5-104

2C30

Failed to create directory

Directory creation failure

P. 5-104

2C31
2C32

Failed to create file
Failed to delete file

File creation failure
File deletion failure

P. 5-104
P. 5-104

2C33

Failed to create file

File access failure

P. 5-104

2C40

Failed to convert image file format

Image conversion abnormality

P. 5-104

2C60

Failed to process your Job. Insufficient disk space.

HDD full failure during processing

P. 5-104

2C61

Failed to read AddressBook

Address Book reading failure

P. 5-104

2C62
2C63

Not enough memory
Invalid Domain Address

Memory acquiring failure
Terminal IP address unset

P. 5-104
P. 5-104

2C64

Invalid Domain Address

Terminal mail address unset

P. 5-105

2C65

Failed to connect to SMTP server

SMTP address unset

P. 5-105

2C66

Failed to connect to SMTP server

Server time time-out error

P. 5-105

2C67

Failed to send E-Mail message

NIC time time-out error

P. 5-105

2C68
2C69

Failed to send E-Mail message
Failed to connect to SMTP server

NIC access error
SMTP server connection error

P. 5-105
P. 5-105

2C6A

Failed to send E-Mail message

HOST NAME error (No RFC error)

P. 5-105

2C6B

Invalid address specified in From:
field

Terminal mail address error

P. 5-105

2C6C

Invalid address specified in To: field

Destination mail address error (No
RFC error)

P. 5-105

2C6D

NIC system error

System error

P. 5-105

2C70

SMTP service is not available

SMTP client OFF

P. 5-105

2C71
2C72

Failed SMTP Authentication
POP Before SMTP Authentication
Failed

SMTP authentication error
POP before SMTP error

P. 5-105
P. 5-105

2C80

Failed to process received E-mail job E-mail transmission failure when processing E-mail job received

P. 5-105
P. 5-105

2C81

Failed to process received Fax job

Process failure of FAX job received

2CC0

Job canceled

Job canceling

-

2CC1

Power failure occurred

Power failure

P. 5-106

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 17

2

5) File sharing related error

2D20

Message displayed in
the TopAccess screen
Illegal Job status
Not enough memory
Illegal Job status
Illegal Job status
Invalid parameter specified
There are too many documents in the
folder. Failed in creating new document.
Illegal Job status

2D21

Illegal Job status

2D22

Illegal Job status

2D30
2D31
2D32
2D33
2D40
2D60
2D62

Failed to create directory
Failed to create file
Failed to delete file
Failed to create file
Failed to convert image file format
Failed to copy file
Failed to connect to network destination. Check destination path
Specified network path is invalid.
Check destination path
Logon to file server failed. Check
username and password
There are too many documents in the
folder. Failed in creating new document.
Failed to process your Job. Insufficient disk space.
FTP service is not available
File Sharing service is not available
Expired scan documents deleted
from share folder.
Expired Sent Fax documents deleted
from shared folder.
Expired Received Fax documents
deleted from shared folder.
Scanned documents in shared folder
deleted upon users request.
Sent Fax Documents in shared folder
deleted upon users request.
Received Fax Documents in shared
folder deleted upon users request.
Failed to delete file.
Failed to acquire resource.
Job canceled
Power failure occurred

Error code
2D10
2D11
2D12
2D13
2D14
2D15

2D63
2D64
2D65
2D66
2D67
2D68
2DA0
2DA1
2DA2
2DA3
2DA4
2DA5
2DA6
2DA7
2DC0
2DC1

Contents

Troubleshooting

System access abnormality
Insufficient memory
Message reception error
Message transmission error
Invalid parameter
Exceeding document number

P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107

System management module access
abnormality
Job control module access abnormality
Job control module access abnormality
Directory creation failure
File creation failure
File deletion failure
File access failure
Image conversion abnormality
File library access abnormality
File server connection error

P. 5-107

P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-107

Invalid network path

P. 5-107

Login failure

P. 5-108

Exceeding documents in folder:
Creating new document is failed.

P. 5-108

HDD full failure during processing

P. 5-108

FTP service not available
File sharing service not available
Periodical deletion of scanned documents completed properly.
Periodical deletion of transmitted
FAX documents completed properly.
Periodical deletion of received FAX
documents completed properly.
Manual deletion of scanned documents completed properly.
Manual deletion of transmitted FAX
documents completed properly.
Manual deletion of received FAX
documents completed properly.
File deletion failure
Resource acquiring failure
Job canceling
Power failure

P. 5-108
P. 5-108
-

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 18
06/08

P. 5-107
P. 5-107

P. 5-107
P. 5-107
P. 5-108

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

6) E-mail reception related error
Error code
3A10
3A11
3A12
3A20
3A21
3A22
3A30
3A40
3A50
3A51
3A52
3A60
3A61
3A62
3A70
3A80
3A81

3A82

3B10
3B11
3B12

Message displayed in
the TopAccess screen
MIME Error has been detected in the
received mail.
MIME Error has been detected in the
received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
MIME Error has been detected in the
received mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
Analyze Error has been detected in
the received mail.
Analyze Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
Analyze Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.
Whole partial mails were not reached
by timeout.
Partial Mail Error has been detected
in the received mail.
HDD Full Error has been occurred in
this mail.
HDD Full Error has been occurred in
this mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator.
HDD Full Error has been occurred in
this mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
HDD Full Warning has been occurred
in this mail.
HDD Full Warning has been occurred
in this mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
HDD Full Warning has been occurred
in this mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
Receiving partial mail was aborted
since the partial mail setting has
been changed to Disable.
Partial mail was received during the
partial mail setting is disabled.
Partial mail was received during the
partial mail setting is disabled. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
Partial mail was received during the
partial mail setting is disabled. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
Format Error has been detected in
the received mail.
Format Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
Format Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Contents
E-mail MIME error

Troubleshooting
P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

E-mail analysis error

P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

Partial mail time-out error

P. 5-109

Partial mail related error

P. 5-109

Insufficient HDD capacity error

P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

Warning of insufficient HDD capacity

P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

Warning of partial mail interruption

P. 5-109

Partial mail reception setting OFF

P. 5-109
P. 5-109

P. 5-109

E-mail format error

P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 19

2

Error code
3B20
3B21

3B22

3B30
3B31
3B32
3B40
3B41
3B42
3C10
3C11
3C12

3C13
3C20
3C21

3C22

3C30
3C31

3C32

Message displayed in
the TopAccess screen
Content-Type Error has been
detected in the received mail.
Content-Type Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
Content-Type Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
Charset Error has been detected in
the received mail.
Charset Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
Charset Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.
Decode Error has been detected in
the received mail.
Decode Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
Decode Error has been detected in
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected
in the received mail.
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected
in the received mail. This mail has
been transferred to the administrator.
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected
in the received mail. This mail could
not be transferred to the administrator.
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected
in the received mail.
Tiff Compression Error has been
detected in the received mail.
Tiff Compression Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
Tiff Compression Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
Tiff Resolution Error has been
detected in the received mail.
Tiff Resolution Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
Tiff Resolution Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.

Contents
Content-Type error

Troubleshooting
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

P. 5-109

Charset error

P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

E-mail decode error

P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

TIFF analysis error

P. 5-109
P. 5-109
P. 5-109

P. 5-109
E-mail format error

P. 5-109
P. 5-109

P. 5-109

Content-Type error

P. 5-110
P. 5-110

P. 5-110

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 20

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Error code
3C40
3C41

3C42

3C50
3C51

3C52

3C60
3C61

3C62

3C70
3D10
3D20
3D30
3E10
3E20
3E30
3E40
3F00
3F10
3F20
3F30
3F40

Message displayed in
the TopAccess screen
Tiff Paper Size Error has been
detected in the received mail.
Tiff Paper Size Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
Tiff Paper Size Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
Offramp Destination Error has been
detected in the received mail.
Offramp Destination Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
Offramp Destination Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
Offramp Security Error has been
detected in the received mail.
Offramp Security Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
Offramp Security Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
Power Failure has been occurred in
Email receiving.
SMTP Destination Error has been
detected in the received mail. This
mail was deleted.
Offramp Destination limitation Error
has been detected in the received
mail.
Fax Board Error has been occurred
in the received mail.
POP3 Connection Error has been
occurred in the received mail.
POP3 Connection Timeout Error has
been occurred in the received mail.
POP3 Login Error has been occurred
in the received mail.
POP3 Login Error occurred in the
received mail.
File I/O Error has been occurred in
this mail. The mail could not be
received until File I/O is recovered.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Contents
Charset error

Troubleshooting
P. 5-110
P. 5-110

P. 5-110

E-mail decode error

P. 5-110
P. 5-110

P. 5-110

TIFF analysis error

P. 5-110
P. 5-110

P. 5-110

Power failure error

P. 5-110

Destination address error

P. 5-110

Offramp destination limitation error

P. 5-110

FAX board error

P. 5-110

POP3 server connection error

P. 5-110

POP3 server connection time-out
error
POP3 login error

P. 5-110

POP3 login method error

P. 5-110

File I/O error

P. 5-110
P. 5-110
P. 5-110
P. 5-110
P. 5-110

P. 5-110

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 21

2

2.1.4

Printer function error

Following codes are displayed at the end of the user name on the print job log screen.
Error code
402F
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
A221
A222
A290
A291
A292
A2A0
A2A1
A2A2

Contents
Page memory size error - 1200 dpi network print is performed by the equipment with 128 MB (standard) memory.
HDD full during print - Large quantity image data by private print or invalid
network print are saved in HDD.
Private-print-only error: Jobs other than Private print jobs cannot be performed.
Printing data storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the
HDD temporarily (Proof print, Private print, Scheduled print, etc.) cannot be
performed.
e-Filing storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the HDD
(print and e-Filing, print to e-Filing, etc.) cannot be performed.
Local file storing limitation error: Network FAX or Internet FAX cannot be sent
when "Local" is selected for the destination of the file to save.
User authentication error: The user who intended to print a document is not
registered as a user.
Print job cancellation - Print job (copy, list print, network print) is deleted from
the print job screen.
Print job power failure - The power of the equipment is turned OFF during
print job (copy, list print, network print).
Limit over error (Black): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those
specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same
time.
Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one
specified with the user code.
Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one
specified with the department code.
Limit over error (Color): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those
specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same
time.
Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one
specified with the user code.
Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one
specified with the department code.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 22

Troubleshooting
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111
P. 5-111

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

<>
In the setting mode (08-253), the latest twenty groups of error data will be displayed.
Display example
EA10
99999999
05 06 14 17 57 32
064
064
23621000000
Error code
Total counter YY MM DD HH MM SS
MMM
NNN
ABCDEFHIJLO
4 digits
8 digits
12 digits (Year is indicated 3 digits
3 digits
11 digits
with its last two digits.)
A
B

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
MMM
NNN
O

Paper source
0: Not selected 1: Bypass feed 2: LCF 3: Upper drawer 4: Lower drawer 5: PFP upper drawer
6: PFP lower drawer 7: Unused 8: Unused
Paper size code
0: A5/ST 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT, 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5,
A: FOLIO/COMP B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13"LG G: Unsed H: A6-R I: Post card J: 8.5"SQ
K: A3-wide L: 305×457 mm M: 8K N: 16K-R O: 16K Z: Not selected
Sort mode/staple mode
0: Non-sort/Non-staple 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Front staple
8: Double staple 9: Rear staple A: Saddle stitch
ADF mode
0: Unused 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED
APS/AMS mode
0: Not selected 1: APS 2: AMS
Duplex mode
0: Not selected 1: Book 2: Double-sided/Single-sided 4: Double-sided/Duplex copying
8: Single-sided/Duplex copying
Unused
Image shift
0: Unused 1: Book 2: Left 4: Right
Editing
0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Unused
Edge erase/Dual-page
0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page
Unused
Function
0: Unused 1: Copying 2: FAX/Internet FAX transmission 3: FAX/Internet FAX/E-mail reception printing
4: Unused 5: Printing/List print 6: Scan/E-mail transmission
Primary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)
(Mx256)+(Mx16)+M
Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)
(Nx256)+(Nx16)+N
Color mode
0: Auto color 1: Full color 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Twin color copy 5: Gray scale
6: Unused 7: Image smoothing

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 23

2

2.2

Self-diagnosis Modes
Mode

For start

Contents

For exit

Display

Control panel
check mode

[0]+[1]+
[POWER]

All LEDs on the control panel are lit, and all
the LCD pixels blink.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

-

Test mode

[0]+[3]+
[POWER]

Checks the status of input/output signals.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

100% C A4
TEST MODE

Test print mode

[0]+[4]+
[POWER]

Outputs the test patterns.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

100% P A4
TEST PRINT

Adjustment
mode

[0]+[5]+
[POWER]

Adjusts various items.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

100% A A4
TEST MODE

Setting mode

[0]+[8]+
[POWER]

Sets various items.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

100% D
TEST MODE

List print mode

[9]+[START]+
[POWER]

Prints out the data lists of the codes 05 and
08, PM support mode and pixel counter.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

100% UA A4
LIST PRINT

PM support
mode

[6]+[START]+
[POWER]

Clears each counter.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

100% K
TEST MODE

Firmware
update mode

[8]+[9]+
[POWER]

Performs updating of the system firmware.

[POWER]
OFF/ON

-

Notes:
1. To enter the desired mode, turn ON the power while two digital keys designated to each mode
(e.g. [0] and [5]) are pressed simultaneously.
2. When the optional FAX unit is installed, Faxes received automatically during the self-diagnosis mode may not be printed out. Be sure to disconnect the modular code from the line connectors (LINE1, LINE2) of the equipment before starting the self-diagnosis mode. Also, be
sure to finish the self-diagnosis mode by turning the power OFF and back ON before connecting the modular code.
To exit from Adjustment mode and Setting mode:
Shut down the equipment. When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.

 Control panel check mode (01):
ÅðÃÅïÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÔÛÜ ´·¬ñ
ÔÝÜ ¾´·²µ·²¹

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÞ«¬¬±² ½¸»½µ÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Notes:
1. A mode can be canceled by [POWER] OFF/ON when the LED is lit and the LCD is blinking.
2. Button Check
Buttons with LED
(Press to turn OFF the LED.)
Buttons without LED
(Press to display the message on the control panel.)
Button on touch panel
(Press to display the screen on the control panel at power-ON.)



Test mode (03): Refer to 2.2.1. Input check (test mode 03) and 2.2.2. Output check (test mode
03).
Test print mode (04): Refer to 2.2.3. Test print mode (04).



Adjustment mode (05): Refer to 2.2.4. Adjustment mode (05).



Setting mode (08): Refer to 2.2.5. Setting mode (08).

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 24
06/08

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC



List print mode (9S): The procedure varies depending on the code.
ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§-Ã
ïðïæ ß¼¶«-¬³»²¬ ³±¼» øðë÷
Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» º·®-¬
ïðîæ Í»¬¬·²¹ ³±¼» øðè÷
½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§-Ã
Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» ´¿-¬
½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
Ô·-¬ -¬¿®¬- ¬±
¾» °®·²¬»¼

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

øÝ±¼»÷
ïðíæ ÐÓ -«°°±®¬ ³±¼»
ïðìæ Í¬±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø¬±²»® ½¿®¬®·¼¹» ®»º»®»²½»÷
ïðëæ Í¬±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø-»®ª·½» ¬»½¸²·½·¿² ®»º»®»²½»÷
ïðêæ Û®®±® ¸·-¬±®§ øÓ¿¨·³«³ ïððð ·¬»³-÷
ïðéæ Û®®±® ¸·-¬±®§ øÔ¿¬»-¬ èð ·¬»³-÷



PM support mode (6S):
ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ



2

øÝ±¼»÷
îæ ÐÓ Í«°°±®¬ Í½®»»²

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
øÑ°»®¿¬·±² -¬¿®¬»¼÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Firmware update mode (89): Refer to 6. FIRMWARE UPDATING.
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÒ
Ò±®³¿´
ÅðÃÅïÃ

É¿®³·²¹ «°

Ý±²¬®±´ °¿²»´
½¸»½µ ³±¼»

ÅðÃÅíÃ

Ì»-¬ ³±¼»

ÅðÃÅìÃ
Ì»-¬ °®·²¬
³±¼»

ÅðÃÅëÃ
ß¼¶«-¬³»²¬
³±¼»

ÅðÃÅèÃ
Í»¬¬·²¹
³±¼»

ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
Ô·-¬ °®·²¬
³±¼»

ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÐÓ -«°°±®¬
³±¼»

ÅèÃÅçÃ

Ú·®³©¿®»
«°¼¿¬» ³±¼»

Î»¿¼§

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚ
öï
Ì± «-»®

Í¬¿¬» ¬®¿²-·¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ±º -»´ºó¼·¿¹²±-·- ³±¼»Fig. 2-1

*1 Turn OFF the power after using the self-diagnosis mode, and leave the equipment to the user.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 25

2.2.1

Input check (Test mode 03)

The status of each input signal can be checked by pressing the [FAX] button, [COPY] button and
the digital keys in the test mode (03).

ÅðÃÅíÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÚßÈÃ
±®
ÅÝÑÐÇÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§-Ã

øÔÝÜ ÑÒ÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Note:
Initialization is performed before the equipment enters the test mode.

Fig. 2-2 Example of display during input check

Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are
listed in the following pages.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 26

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: OFF)
Digital
key

[1]

[2]

[3]

Button

e.g.
A

Bypass unit connection

B

ADU connection

C
D

LCF connection

Normal display
e.g.

Not connected

Connected

Not connected

Connected

Not connected

Connected

E

-

-

-

F

-

-

-

G

-

-

-

H

LCF drawer detection switch

Drawer not installed

Drawer present

A
B

PFP upper drawer detection switch
-

Drawer not installed
-

Drawer present
-

C

PFP upper drawer paper stock sensor

Paper almost empty

Paper present

D

PFP upper drawer feed sensor

Paper present

No paper

E

PFP connection

Not connected

Connected

F
G

PFP side cover open/close switch
PFP upper drawer empty sensor

Cover opened
No paper

Cover closed
Paper present

H

PFP upper drawer tray-up sensor

A

LCF tray bottom sensor

B

LCF standby side paper misload detection sensor

Tray at upper limit
position
Tray at bottom position
Properly loaded

Other than upper
limit position
Other than upper
limit position
Paper misload

C

-

-

D

-

-

-

E

-

-

-

F
G

-

-

-

-

H

Paper stock sensor at LCF feed side

Paper present

No paper

A

PFP lower drawer detection switch

Drawer not installed

Drawer present

B

[4]

Contents

Highlighted display

Items to check

-

-

-

C
D

PFP lower drawer paper stock sensor
PFP lower drawer feed sensor

Paper almost empty
Paper present

Paper present
No paper

E

Abnormal rotation

Normal rotation

F

PFP motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at
output mode (03))
-

G

PFP lower drawer empty sensor

No paper

Paper present

H

PFP lower drawer tray-up sensor

Tray at upper limit
position

Other than upper
limit position

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

-

-

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 27

2

Digital
key

[5]

[6]

[7]

Contents
Button

Items to check

Normal display

e.g.

e.g.

A

LCF end fence home position sensor

Fence home position

Other than home
position

B

LCF end fence stop position sensor

Fence stop position

Other than stop
position

C

Empty sensor at LCF standby side

No paper

Paper present

D

LCF side cover open/close switch

Cover closed

Cover opened

E

LCF motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at
output mode (03))

Abnormal rotation

Normal rotation

F

LCF tray-up sensor

Tray at upper limit
position

Other than upper
limit position

G

LCF feed sensor

No paper

Paper present

H

Empty sensor at LCF feed side

No paper

Paper present

A

Lower drawer detection switch

Drawer not installed

Drawer present

B

Upper drawer detection switch

Drawer not installed

Drawer present

C
D

Lower drawer paper stock sensor
Upper drawer paper stock sensor

Paper almost empty
Paper almost empty

Paper present
Paper present

E

Lower drawer empty sensor

No paper

Paper present

F

Upper drawer empty sensor

No paper

Paper present

G

Lower drawer tray-up sensor

Tray at upper limit
position

Other than upper
limit position

H

Upper drawer tray-up sensor

Tray at upper limit
position

Other than upper
limit position

A

-

-

-

B

-

-

-

C
D

-

-

-

E

Side cover open/close switch

Cover opened

Cover closed

F

Front cover opening/closing switch

Cover opened

Cover closed

G

[8]

Highlighted display

-

-

-

H
A

Exit sensor
Bypass feed paper width sensor 3
(Refer to table1)

Paper present
Bit 1

No paper
Bit 0

B

Bypass feed paper width sensor 2
(Refer to table1)

Bit 1

Bit 0

C

Bypass feed paper width sensor 1
(Refer to table1)

Bit 1

Bit 0

D

Bypass feed paper width sensor 0
(Refer to table1)

Bit 1

Bit 0

E

Bypass sensor

No paper

Paper present

F

ADU opening/closing switch

ADU opened

ADU closed

G

ADU exit sensor

Paper present

No paper

H

ADU entrance sensor

Paper present

No paper

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 28

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Digital
key

[9]

Contents
Button

Items to check

e.g.

Normal display
e.g.

A

-

-

-

B

-

-

-

C

-

-

-

D
E

-

-

-

F

[0]

Highlighted display

Key copy counter connection

Not connected

Connected

G

-

-

H

-

-

-

A
B

-

-

-

C

-

-

-

D

-

-

-

E

-

-

-

F

-

-

-

G
H

-

-

-

Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width).
Bypass paper width sensor

Paper width size

3
0

2
1

1
1

0
1

1

0

1

1

A4-R/LT-R

1

1

0

1

A5-R/ST-R

1

1

1

0

Card size

0

0

1

1

B4-R/LG

1

0

0

1

B5-R

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

A3/LD

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 29

2

[FAX] button: ON/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: ON/[COPY] LED: OFF)
Digital
key

[1]

[2]

Button

e.g.

e.g.

2nd transfer roller position detection sensor

B

Black developer contact timing detection sensor Releasing movement

Contacting movement

C

Black developer contact position detection sensor

Released position

Contacted position

D

Main motor rotation status
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

Abnormal rotation

Normal rotation

E

Developer motor rotation status
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

Abnormal rotation

Normal rotation

F

Transport motor rotation status
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

Abnormal rotation

Normal rotation

G

Polygonal motor rotation status
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

Abnormal rotation

Normal rotation

H
A

24V Power supply
IPC board connection

Power OFF
Not connected

Power ON
Connected

Released

Contacted

B

Color toner cartridge sensor

Normally

Installation fault

C

Revolver home position sensor

Home position

Other than home
position

D

-

-

-

E

-

-

-

Toner bag full detection sensor
Black auto-toner sensor connection

Toner bag full
Not connected

Not full
Connected

H

-

-

-

A

-

-

-

B

-

-

-

C

-

-

-

D
E

-

-

-

F

[4]

Normal display

A

F
G

[3]

Contents

Highlighted display

Items to check

-

-

G

Lower drawer feed sensor

No paper

H

Upper drawer feed sensor

Paper present

Paper present
No paper

A
B

-

-

-

C

-

-

-

D

-

-

-

E

Bridge unit connection

Not connected

Connected

F

Color auto-toner sensor connection

Not connected

Connected

G
H

-

-

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 30

-

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Digital
key

[5]

Contents
Button

Items to check

e.g.

[8]

[9]

e.g.

-

-

-

B

-

-

-

C

-

-

-

D
E

-

-

-

F

RADF connection

RADF connected

Not connected

G

Platen sensor

Platen cove opened

Platen cover closed

H

Carriage home position sensor

Home position

Other than home
position

-

C

[7]

Normal display

A

A
B
[6]

Highlighted display

-

-

-

-

-

D

APS sensor (APS-R)

No original

Original present

E

APS sensor (APS-C)

No original

Original present

F
G

APS sensor (APS-3)
APS sensor (APS-2)

No original
No original

Original present
Original present

H

APS sensor (APS-1)

No original

Original present

A

RADF tray sensor

Original present

No original

B

RADF empty sensor

Original present

No original

C

RADF jam access cover sensor

Cover opened

Cover closed

D
E

RADF open/close sensor
RADF exit sensor

RADF opened
Original present

RADF closed
No original
No original

F

RADF intermediate sensor

Original present

G

RADF read sensor

Original present

No original

H

RADF registration sensor

Original present

No original

A
B

-

-

-

C

-

-

-

D

-

-

E

RADF original length sensor

Original present

No original

F

RADF original width sensor 1

Original present

No original

G
H

RADF original width sensor 2
-

Original present
-

No original
-

A

Black toner cartridge switch

Cartridge not
installed

Cartridge installed

B

-

-

-

C

-

-

-

D

Bypass feed sensor

No paper

Paper present

E

Registration sensor

Paper present

No paper

F
G
H

-

-

Transfer belt home position sensor

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Home position

Other tha home
position

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 31

2

Digital
key

[0]

Contents
Button

Highlighted display

Items to check

e.g.

Normal display
e.g.

A

Bridge unit transport sensor 2

Paper present

No paper

B

Bridge unit cover open/close detection switch

Cover opened

Cover closed

C

Bridge unit transport sensor 1

Paper present

No paper

D
E

Bridge unit paper full detection sensor
-

Paper not full
-

Paper full

F

Charger cleaner front position detection switch

Cleaner home position

Other than home
position

G

Charger cleaner rear position detection switch

Cleaner rear position

Other than rear position

H

-

-

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 32

-

-

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: ON ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: ON)
Digital
key
[1]
[2]
[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

Contents
Highlighted display
Normal display

Button

Items to check

-

Temperature/humidity sensor (displays temperature inside of the equipment)
Temperature/humidity sensor (displays humidity
inside of the equipment)
Drum thermistor (displays drum surface temperature)
-

e.g.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e.g.
-

Temperature [°C]

-

Humidity [%RH]

-

Temperature [°C]

-

-

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 33

2

Digital
key

[9]

[0]

Contents
Highlighted display
Normal display

Button

Items to check

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D

Dongles for other equipments / Other USB
devices
Judgement for acceptable USB storage device
(*1)
-

E
F
G
H

e.g.

e.g.

Connectable

Not connectable

Acceptable

Not acceptable

-

-

*1
 Be sure to install the USB storage device to the equipment and check if the device can be used with
this code.
 Be sure to turn OFF the write protection (the function to prevent data from erasure by the accidental
recording or deleting) of the USB storage device before performing the check, otherwise this code
cannot be used.
 It may take some time (2 sec. to 10 sec.) before this check is completed depending on the USB storage device.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 34
05/11

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2.2.2

Output check (test mode 03)

Status of the output signals can be checked by entering the following codes in the test mode 03.


Procedure 1
ÅðÃÅíÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

2
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²
ÑÒ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

Í¬±°
½±¼»

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²
ÑÚÚ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 2
ÅðÃÅíÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²
Ñ²» ¼·®»½¬·±²

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Ì»-¬ ³±¼»
-¬¿²¼¾§

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 3
ÅðÃÅíÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²
ÑÒ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²
ÑÚÚ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Ì»-¬ ³±¼»
-¬¿²¼¾§

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 4
ÅðÃÅíÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
Code

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Function

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚ

Code

Function

Procedure

101

Main motor ON (Operational without
black developer unit)

151

Code No.101 function OFF

102

Toner motor K (normal rotation) ON

152

Code No.102 function OFF

1

103

Polygonal motor (600dpi) ON

153

Code No.103 function OFF

1

108

Registration clutch ON

158

Code No.108 function OFF

1

109
110

PFP motor ON
ADU motor ON

159
160

Code No.109 function OFF
Code No.110 function OFF

1
1

112

Developer motor ON (Operational with
black developer unit)

162

Code No.112 function OFF

1

115

Drum cleaning brush motor ON

165

Code No.115 function OFF

1

116

Transfer belt cleaner auger motor ON

166

Code No.116 function OFF

1

118

Laser ON

168

Code No.118 function OFF

1

120

Exit motor (normal rotation) ON

170

Code No.120 function OFF

1

121
122

Exit motor (reversal rotation) ON
LCF motor ON

171
172

Code No.121 function OFF
Code No.122 function OFF

1
1

123

Transport motor ON

173

Code No.123 function OFF

1

124

Toner motor K (reversal rotation) ON

174

Code No.124 function OFF

1

125

Color auto-toner sensor shutter solenoid ON (open)

175

Code No.125 function OFF

1

126

Color auto-toner sensor LED ON

176

Code No.126 function OFF

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 35

Code

Function

Procedure

201

Upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

3

202

Lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

3

203

Lower transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF

3

204

Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF

3

205

Lower transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF

3

206

LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF

3

207

LCF end fence reciprocating movement

2

208

LCF end fence motor ON/OFF

3

209

LCF feed clutch ON/OFF

3

210

LCF transport clutch ON/OFF

3

218

Key copy counter count up

2

225

PFP transport clutch ON/OFF

3

226

PFP upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

3

228

PFP lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

3

232

Bridge unit gate solenoid ON/OFF

3

235

Discharge LED ON/OFF

3

241

IH board cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF

3

242

Upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

2

243

Lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

2

248

Developer bias (Black) [+DC] ON/OFF

3

249

Developer bias (Black) [-DC] ON/OFF

3

252

Main charger ON/OFF

3

261

Scan motor ON (Automatically stops at limit position, speed can be changed by using
ZOOM button)

2

264

SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan ON (high/low speed)

1

265

SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan OFF

1

267

Scanner exposure lamp ON/OFF

3

268

Laser unit cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF

3

271

LCF tray-up motor UP/DOWN

2

278

PFP upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

2

280

PFP lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

2

281

RADF feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation)

3

282

RADF feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation)

3

283

RADF read motor ON/OFF

3

284

RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (normal rotation)

3

285

RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation)

3

294

RADF reverse solenoid ON/OFF

3

295

Power OFF mode (for 200V series)

4

297

RADF fan motor ON/OFF

3

410

Power supply cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF

3

411

Power supply cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF

3

412

Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (low speed)

3

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 36
06/08

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Function

Procedure

413

Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (high speed)

3

416

IH board cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF

3

417

Ozone exhaust fan (low speed) ON/OFF

3

418

Ozone exhaust fan (high speed) ON/OFF

3

419

Developer bias (Black) [AC] ON/OFF

3

420

Developer bias (Color) [+DC] ON/OFF

3

421

Developer bias (Color) [-DC1] ON/OFF

3

422

Developer bias (Color) [AC] ON/OFF

3

424

1st transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF

3

425

1st transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF

3

426

2nd transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF

3

427

2nd transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF

3

428

Drum cleaning blade bias ON/OFF

3

430

Image quality sensor shutter solenoid ON/OFF

3

431

Color developer drive clutch ON/OFF

3

432

Black developer drive clutch ON/OFF

3

433

Black developer lifting clutch ON/OFF

3

435

2nd transfer roller contact clutch ON/OFF

3

437

Transfer belt cleaner clutch ON/OFF

3

439

Upper transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF

3

440

Upper transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF

3

442

Color developer toner supply clutch ON/OFF

3

450

Revolver motor ON/OFF (printing operation)

3

451

Revolver motor operation (at standby position)

2

452

Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge Y access position)

2

453

Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge M access position)

2

454

Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge C access position)

2

455

Revolver motor operation (at developer unit Y access position)

2

456

Revolver motor operation (at developer unit M access position)

2

457

Revolver motor operation (at developer unit C access position)

2

458

Revolver motor operation (at home position)

2

459

Revolver motor operation (at developing position)

2

460

Black developer unit lifting movement ON/OFF (continuous lifting movement)

3

461

Charger cleaner motor movement (one reciprocating movement)

2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 37

2

2.2.3

Test print mode (test mode 04)

The embedded test pattern can be printed out by keying in the following codes in the test print mode (04).


ÅðÃÅìÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²
Ý±²¬·²«±«Ì»-¬ Ð®·²¬·²¹

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷


ÅðÃÅìÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ý±´±®
-»´»½¬·±²

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²
Ý±²¬·²«±«Ì»-¬ Ð®·²¬·²¹

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Notes:
1. When an error occurs, it is indicated on the panel, but the recovery operation is not performed.
Turn OFF the power and then back ON to clear the error.
2. During test printing, the [CLEAR] button is disabled when Wait adding toner is displayed.
Code

Types of test pattern

Remarks

Remarks

142

Grid pattern (black)

Pattern width: 2 dots, Pitch: 10 mm

1

204

Grid pattern (color)

Pattern width: 1 dot, Pitch: 10 mm

2

219

6% test pattern

220

8% test pattern

231

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation steps

237

Halftone

250

Test pattern for KCMY secondary scanning position adjustment

For color deviation check

1

262

Pattern for jitter evaluation
(4 lines ON / 4 lines OFF)

1 pixel standard, for color deviation correction

2

270

Image quality control test pattern

For checking the image quality control

2

2
2
3 pixels standard, Width: 10 mm

2
2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 38
06/08

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2.2.4

Adjustment mode (05)

Items in the adjustment mode list in the following pages can be corrected or changed in this adjustment mode
(05). Turn ON the power with pressing the digital keys [0] and [5] simultaneously in order to enter this mode.
When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER]
button for a few seconds.

Procedure 1
ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

2
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÚßÈÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
±®
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷ øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ öÐ®»-- ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«- øó÷ò
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 2

ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ø

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ê¿´«»
¼·-°´¿§»¼

÷

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
øÅÚßÈÃ ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷
±®
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 3
ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅËÐÃ
±®
ÅÜÑÉÒÃ
øß¼¶«-¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
øÅÚßÈÃ ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷
±®
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 4
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
øÅÚßÈÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
±®
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷
öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ
Í¬±®»- ª¿´«»
øÛ¨·¬÷
øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷
øÌ»-¬
½±°§÷
·² ÎßÓ
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷
öÐ®»-- ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«- øó÷ò

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷

Procedure 5
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅËÐÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
±®
±®
ÅÜÑÉÒÃ
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øß¼¶«-¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷ Í¬±®»- ª¿´«»
·² ÎßÓ

ß«¬±³¿¬·½
¿¼¶«-¬³»²¬

ÅÚßÈÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 39

Procedure 6
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ß«¬±³¿¬·½
¿¼¶«-¬³»²¬

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÚßÈÃ ÅÝÑÐÇÃ÷
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

öÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

*

When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is
displayed.
Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
button.

*
Procedure 7

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
Í¬±®»- ª¿´«»
·² ÎßÓ

ß«¬±³¿¬·½
¿¼¶«-¬³»²¬

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

öÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

*
*

ÅÚßÈÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is
displayed.
Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR] button.

Procedure 10
ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ê¿´«»
¼·-°´¿§»¼

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ ±® Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 14
ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
±®
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
Í¬±®»- ª¿´«»
·² ÎßÓ
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

ÅËÐÃ ±® ÅÜÑÉÒÃ
øß¼¶«-¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷

ÅÚßÈÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Note:
The fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that at the normal
state.
Therefore, the problem of fusing efficiency may be occurred in the test copy at the adjustment
mode.
In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has
become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 40

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Test print pattern in Adjustment Mode (05)
Operation:
One test print is printed out when the [FAX] button is pressed after the code is keyed in at Standby
Screen.
Code

Types of test pattern

Remarks

1

Grid pattern (Black)

Refer to 3.4.3 Printer related adjustment

3

Grid pattern (Black/Duplex printing)

Refer to 3.4.3 Printer related adjustment

4

For gamma adjustment (Color/Black integrated
pattern)

Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

5

For gamma adjustment (Color)

Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

6

For gamma adjustment (Black)

For checking the gradation reproduction

7

For gamma adjustment (Color)

For checking the gradation reproduction

10

For gamma adjustment (Black)

Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

12

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation
steps (Y)

For checking the image of printer section

13

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation
steps (M)

For checking the image of printer section

14

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation
steps (C)

For checking the image of printer section

15

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation
steps (K)

For checking the image of printer section

47

Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 600 x 600
dpi)

Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

48

Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600
dpi)

Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

49

Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 600 x 600
dpi)

Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

50

Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 1,200 x
600 dpi)

Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

51

Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 600 x 600 dpi) For checking the gradation reproduction

52

Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600
dpi)

For checking the gradation reproduction

55

Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 2)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller

56

Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 3)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller

57

Grid pattern (Full Color / OHP)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller

58

Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 2)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller

59

Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 3)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller

60

Grid pattern (Black / OHP)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller

62

For color deviation correction (Full Color)

Only for A3/LD size

63

For color deviation correction (Full Color)

Only for A3/LD size

64

For color deviation correction (Full Color)

Only for A3/LD size

68

For color deviation correction (Full Color)

Only for A4/LT size

69

For color deviation correction (Full Color)

Only for A4/LT size

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 41

2

Notes:
1. The digit after the hyphen in Code of the following table is a sub code.
2. In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. M
stands for the LGC board and SYS stands for the SYS board.

Code
200
201

Classification
Development

202
203
204
206

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Initialization of
All
ALL
color auto(Y,M,C,K)
<0-255>
toner sensor
Y
ALL
light amount
<0-255>
correction tarM
ALL
get value
<0-255>
C
ALL
<0-255>
K
ALL
<0-255>
YMC
ALL
<0-255>
Initialization of color autoALL
toner sensor light amount
(color)
correction target value

207

Development

208

Development

Enforced correction of
color auto-toner sensor
light amount

210

Transfer

224

Contents

M

The value starts changing approx. 3 minutes
after this adjustment
started.
The value is automatically set during this
adjustment (approx. 2
minutes).
(As the value increases,
the sensor output
increases correspondingly.) (Chap. 3.2)

5

Initializes the color
auto-toner sensor light
amount correction target value.
Performs the color
auto-toner sensor light
amount correction forcibly.
When the value
decreases, the 1st
transfer roller bias output increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 541, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).

6

M
M
M
M
M
M

ALL
(color)

-

M

1st transfer roller bias output adjustment (When not
transferred)

ALL

225
<0-225>

M

Transfer

2nd transfer roller bias output adjustment (When
cleaning the roller [+] )

ALL

147
<0-187>

M

225

Transfer

2nd transfer roller bias output adjustment (When
cleaning the roller [-] )

ALL

229
<188255>

M

226

Transfer

ALL

191
<188255>

M

227-0

Transfer

2nd transfer roller bias output adjustment (Paper
interval/When not transferred)
2nd transfer
Single
roller bias out- side
put adjustReverse
ment
side at
(Plain paper)
duplexing
Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing

ALL
(black)
ALL
(black)

159
<0-187>
134
<0-187>

M

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

147
<0-187>
128
<0-187>

M

227-1
227-2
227-3

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 42

Procedur
e

RAM

M

M

5
5
5
5
5

6

3

3

3

3

14
14
14
14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

229-0

Transfer

229-1
229-2
229-3
230-0

Transfer

230-1

231-0

Transfer

231-1

232-0

Transfer

232-1

234-0

Transfer

234-1

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
2nd transfer
Single
ALL
144
roller bias out- side
(black) <0-187>
put adjustReverse
ALL
119
ment
side at
(black) <0-187>
(Thick paper
duplexing
1)
Single
ALL
125
side
(color) <0-187>
Reverse
ALL
112
side at
(color) <0-187>
duplexing
2nd transfer roller bias outALL
153
put (Thick paper 2)
(black) <0-187>
ALL
150
(color) <0-187>

236-1
236-2
236-3

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08-544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).

14

When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
When the value
decreases, the 2nd
transfer roller bias output increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
Sets the offset amount
of 2nd transfer roller
bias.
0: -500V 1: -400V
2: -300V 3: -200V
4: -100V 5: 0V
6: +100V 7: +200V
8: +300V 9: +400V
10: +500V

14

Sets the offset amount
of 2nd transfer roller
bias.
0: -500V 1: -400V
2: -300V 3: -200V
4: -100V 5: 0V
6: +100V 7: +200V
8: +300V 9: +400V
10: +500V

4

M
M
M
M
M

131
<0-187>
131
<0-187>

2nd transfer roller bias output (OHP film)

ALL
(black)
ALL
(color)

119
<0-187>
119
<0-187>

2nd transfer
roller bias offsetting adjustment
(Plain paper)

ALL
(black)
ALL
(black)

5
<0-10>
5
<0-10>

M

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

5
<0-10>
5
<0-10>

M

ALL
(black)
ALL
(black)

5
<0-10>
5
<0-10>

M

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

5
<0-10>
5
<0-10>

M

234-3
Transfer

M

ALL
(black)
ALL
(color)

234-2

236-0

Contents

2nd transfer roller bias output (Thick paper 3)

2nd transfer
roller bias offsetting adjustment (Thick
paper 1)

Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing
Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing
Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing
Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing

Procedur
e

RAM

M
M

M
M

M

M

M

M

14
14
14

14

14
14

14
14

4
4
4
4

4
4
4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 43

2

Code

Classification

237-0

Transfer

237-1
238-0

Transfer

238-1
239-0

Transfer

239-1
241
242

Main
charger

243
244

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
2nd transfer roller bias offALL
5
setting adjustment
(black)
<0-10>
(Thick paper 2)
ALL
5
(color)
<0-10>
2nd transfer roller bias offALL
5
setting adjustment
(black)
<0-10>
(Thick paper 3)
ALL
5
(color)
<0-10>
2nd transfer roller bias offALL
5
setting adjustment
(black)
<0-10>
(OHP film)
ALL
5
(color)
<0-10>
Main charger
Y
ALL
78
grid bias
<0-255>
adjustment
M
ALL
84
<0-255>
C
ALL
87
<0-255>
K
ALL
94
<0-255>
1st transfer roller bias offALL
5
setting
(black)
<0-10>

RAM

Contents

M

Sets the offsetting
amount of 2nd transfer
roller bias.
0: -1,000V
1: -800V
2: -600V
3: -400 V
4: -200V
5: 0 V
6: +200V
7: +400V
8: +600V
9: +800 V
10: +1,000V

M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

245

Transfer

247

Transfer

Temperature/humidity sensor Humidity display

ALL

50
<0-100>

M

248

Transfer

Drum thermistor Temperature displa

ALL

23
<0-100>

M

250

Transfer

1st transfer
roller bias output voltage

+Low

ALL

4000
<36004400>

M

+High

ALL

400
<280520>

M

+Low

ALL

6000
<54006600>

M

+High

ALL

500
<350650>

M

251

252

253

Transfer

2nd transfer
roller bias output voltage

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 44

M

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4
4
4

As the value increases,
the transformer output
increases. The adjustment value becomes
effective only when the
setting mode (08-549,
551, 556, 557) is 0
(invalid).

3

Sets the offsetting
amount of 1st transfer
roller bias.
0: -500 V
1: -400 V
2: -300 V
3: -200 V
4: -100 V
5: 0 V
6: +100 V
7: +200 V
8: +300 V
9: +400 V
10: +500 V
The humidity of the
inside of the equipment
is displayed.
[Unit: RH%]
The ambient temperature of the drum surface
is displayed.
[Unit: °C]
Transformer output setting of the 1st transfer
roller bias.
When replacing the
high-voltage transformer, the values listed
in attached data sheet
are entered.
(Unit: V)
Transformer output setting of the 2nd transfer
roller bias (plus output).
When replacing the
high-voltage transformer, the values listed
in attached data sheet
are entered.
(Unit: V)

1

3
3
3

2

2

1

1

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

254

Transfer

Items
2nd transfer
roller bias output voltage

255

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
-Low
ALL
-500
<-99990>
-High

RAM

Contents

M

Transformer output setting of the 2nd transfer
roller bias (minus output).
When replacing the
high-voltage transformer, the values listed
in attached data sheet
are entered.
(Unit: V)
The temperature of the
inside of the equipment
is displayed.
[Unit: °C]
Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when printing is operated.

ALL

-2000
<-99990>

M

270

Transfer

Temperature/humidity sensor Temperature display

ALL

23
<0-100>

M

275

Transfer

2nd transfer
roller bias
actual value
(When cleaning the roller)
2nd transfer
roller bias
actual value
display (Plain
paper)

(+)

ALL

M

(-)

ALL

147
<0-255>
229
<0-255>

276
277-0

Transfer

277-1
277-2
277-3
279-0

Transfer

279-1
279-2
279-3

M

2

2
2

159
<0-187>
134
<0-187>

M

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

147
<0-187>
128
<0-187>

M

10

M

10

ALL
(black)
ALL
(black)

144
<0-187>
119
<0-187>

M

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

125
<0-187>
112
<0-187>

M

10

M

10

ALL

<0-255>

M

ALL

141
<88-168>

M

M

Transfer

284

Transfer

285

Transfer

Transfer belt cleaning unit
release timing adjustment

ALL

121
<88-168>

M

290-0

Transfer

2nd transfer roller bias offsetting adjustment
(Thick paper 2)

ALL
(black)
ALL
(color)

153
<0-187>
150
<0-187>

M

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

1

ALL
(black)
ALL
(black)

281

290-1

1

Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing
Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing
2nd transfer
Single
roller bias
side
actual value
Reverse
display (Thick side at
paper 1)
duplexing
Single
side
Reverse
side at
duplexing
1st transfer roller bias
resistance detection control
Transfer belt cleaning unit
contact timing adjustment

M

M

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when printing is operated.

Procedur
e

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when printing is operated.

The RMS value of the
main charger grid bias
is displayed..
When the value
increases, the contact
timing of transfer belt
cleaning unit is delayed.
When the value
increases, the release
timing of transfer belt
cleaning unit is delayed.
Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when printing is operated.

10
10

10
10

2
1

1

10
10

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 45

2

Code

Classification

291-0

Transfer

291-1
292-0

Transfer

292-1
293-0

Transfer

293-1
293-2
293-3
293-4
294-0

Transfer

294-1
294-2
294-3
296-0

Transfer

296-1
296-2
296-3
297-0

Transfer

297-1
298-0

Transfer

298-1
299-0
299-1

Transfer

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
2nd transfer roller bias offALL
131
setting adjustment
(black) <0-187>
(Thick paper 3)
ALL
131
(color) <0-187>
2nd transfer roller bias offALL
119
setting adjustment
(black) <0-187>
(OHP film)
ALL
119
(color) <0-187>
2nd transfer
Plain
ALL
85
roller bias cor- paper
<0-255>
rection of
Thick
ALL
75
leading/trailpaper 1
<0-255>
ing edge of
Thick
ALL
80
paper
paper 2
<0-255>
Thick
ALL
80
paper 3
<0-255>
OHP film
ALL
80
<0-255>
Actual value
Single
ALL
164
display of 2nd side
(black) <0-255>
transfer roller Reverse
ALL
142
bias of leadside at
(black) <0-255>
ing/trailing
duplexing
edge of paper Single
ALL
153
(Plain paper)
side
(color) <0-255>
Reverse
ALL
137
side at
(color) <0-255>
duplexing
Actual value
Single
ALL
155
display of 2nd side
(black) <0-255>
transfer roller Reverse
ALL
136
bias of leadside at
(black) <0-255>
ing/trailing
duplexing
edge of paper Single
ALL
141
(Thick paper
side
(color) <0-255>
1)
Reverse
ALL
131
side at
(color) <0-255>
duplexing
Actual value display of 2nd
ALL
160
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>
ing/trailing edge of paper
ALL
158
(Thick paper 2)
(color) <0-255>
Actual value display of 2nd
ALL
142
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>
ing/trailing edge of paper
ALL
143
(Thick paper 3)
(color) <0-255>
Actual value display of 2nd
ALL
133
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>
ing/trailing edge of paper
ALL
133
(OHP film)
(color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 46

RAM
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

Contents

Procedur
e

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when printing is operated.

10

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when printing is operated.

10

Corrects the 2nd transfer roller bias output of
leading/trailing edge of
paper (05-227, 229,
230, 231 and 232).
Correcting factor: %

14

10

10

14
14

M

14

M

14

M
M
M

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
on the leading/trailing
edge of paper when
printing is performed.
(The value corrected in
05-293 is displayed.)

10
10
10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
on the leading/trailing
edge of paper when
printing is performed.
(The value corrected in
05-293 is displayed.)

10
10

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

305

Scanner

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Image location adjustment
ALL
124
of secondary scanning
<92-164>
direction
(scanner section)

RAM

Contents

SYS

When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts by approx.
0.137 mm toward the
trailing edge of the
paper.
When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts by approx.
0.0423 mm toward the
front side of the paper.
Moves carriages to the
adjusting position.
(Chap. 3.4.4)
Sets the maximum correction number of time
of the contrast voltage
in the closed-loop control mode 2.

306

Scanner

Image location adjustment
of secondary scanning
direction
(scanner section)

ALL

113
<0-255>

SYS

308

Scanner

Distortion mode

ALL

-

-

330-0

Image
control

Y

ALL

M

M

ALL

C

ALL

K

ALL

3
<0-255>
3
<0-255>
3
<0-255>
3
<0-255>

Y

ALL

M

ALL

C

ALL

K

ALL

Y

ALL

M

ALL

C

ALL

K

ALL

Y

ALL

M

ALL

C

ALL

K

ALL

330-1
330-2
330-3
331-0
331-1

Image
control

331-2
331-3
332-0
332-1

Image
control

332-2
332-3
333-0
333-1

Image
control

333-2
333-3

Image quality
closed-loop
control contrast voltage
correction/
Mode 2 maximum number
of time corrected
Image quality
closed-loop
control laser
power correction/Mode 2
maximum
number of
time corrected
Image quality
closed-loop
control contrast voltage
correction/
Mode 1 maximum number
of time corrected
Image quality
closed-loop
control laser
power correction/Mode 1
maximum
number of
time corrected

334

Image
control

Main charger grid calibration voltage 1 (low)

ALL

335

Image
control

Main charger grid calibration voltage 2 (high)

ALL

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2
<0-255>
2
<0-255>
2
<0-255>
2
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
1
<0-255>
300
<210390>
1000
<9001100>

M
M
M
M
M
M

M
M

Sets the maximum correction number of time
of the laser power in the
closed-loop control
mode 2.

M
M

Sets the maximum correction number of time
of the contrast voltage
in the closed-loop control mode 1.

M

1

6
4
4
4

4
4
4

4
4
4
4

Sets the maximum correction number of time
of the laser power in the
closed-loop control
mode 1.

M
M

2

4

M
M

1

4

M
M

Procedur
e

4
4
4
4

Transformer output calibration of the main
charger grid bias. When
replacing the high-voltage transformer, the
values listed in attached
data sheet are entered.
(Unit: V)

1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 47

Code

Classification

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Color developer bias DC
ALL
100
(-) calibration voltage 1
<70-130>
(low)
Color developer bias DC
ALL
900
(-) calibration voltage 2
<810(high)
990>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

M

1

338

Image
control

339

Image
control

340

Scanner

Reproduction ratio adjustment of secondary scanning direction (scanner
section)

ALL

127
<0-255>

SYS

350

Scanner

Shading position adjustment

Original
glass

ALL

SYS

RADF

ALL

128
<118138>
128
<118138>
10
<0-20>

Transformer output calibration of the color
developer bias. When
replacing the high-voltage transformer, the
values listed in attached
data sheet are entered.
(Unit: V)
When the value
increases by 1, the
reproduction ratio in the
secondary scanning
direction (vertical to
paper feeding direction) increases by
approx. 0.223%.
0.1369 mm/step

SYS

0.1369 mm/step

1

SYS

1

ALL

10
<0-20>

SYS

When the value
increases by 1, the
aligning amount
increases by approx.
0.5 mm.
When the value
increases by 1, the
reproduction ratio of the
secondary scanning
direction on original (fed
from the RADF)
increases by approx.
0.1%.
When the value
increases by 1, the
image of original fed
from the RADF shifts
toward the rear side of
paper by approx.
0.0423 mm.
When the value
increases by 1, the
carriage position shifts
by approx. 0.1 mm
toward the exit side
when using the RADF.

1

351
354

RADF

355

Adjustment of
RADF paper
alignment

M

for singlesided original
for double
sided original
Fine adjustment of RADF
transport speed

ALL

ALL

50
<0-100>

SYS

357

RADF

358

RADF

RADF sideways deviation
adjustment

ALL

128
<0-255>

SYS

359

Scanner

Carriage position adjustment during scanning from
RADF

ALL
(black)
ALL
(color)

128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>

SYS

360

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 48
06/08

SYS

1
1

1

1

1

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

361

Scanner

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Log table switching for
ALL
0
RADF copying
(color)
<0-4>

362

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: Same log table as
the one used at
copying with original
glass
1: Background reproduction - Light 2
2: Background reproduction - Light 1
3: Background reproduction - Dark 1
4: Background reproduction - Dark 2
0: Same log table as
the one used at
copying with original
glass
1: Background reproduction - Light 2
2: Background reproduction - Light 1
3: Background reproduction - Dark 1
4: Background reproduction - Dark 2
Transfers the characteristic values of the scanner (shading correction
factor / RGB color correction / reproduction
ratio color aberration
correction) from the
NVRAM of the SYS
board to the NVRAM of
the SLG board.
Transfers the characteristic values of the scanner (shading correction
factor / RGB color correction / reproduction
ratio color aberration
correction) from the
NVRAM of the SLG
board to the NVRAM of
the SYS board.
When the value
increases by 1, the
copied image of original
fed from the RADF
shifts toward the trailing edge of paper by
approx. 0.1 mm.

ALL
(black)

0
<0-4>

SYS

363

Scanner

Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner / SYS
SLG board
board

SCN

-

SYS

364

Scanner

Data transfer of characteristic value of scanner / SLG
SYS board
board

SCN

-

SYS

365

RADF

RADF leadfor singleing edge posi- sided origtion 1
inal
adjustment
for double
sided original

ALL

50
<0-100>

SYS

ALL

50
<0-100>

SYS

366

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
1

2

1

6

6

1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 49

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
RADF original guide width
ALL
adjustment
(Minimum)

Code

Classification

367

RADF

368

RADF

RADF original guide width
adjustment
(Maximum)

ALL

-

-

372

Image
control

ALL

100
<70-130>

M

373

Image
control

Black developer bias DC
(-) calibration voltage 1
(low)
Black developer bias DC
(-) calibration voltage 2
(high)

ALL

900
<810990>

M

380-0

Image
control

Image quality
open-loop
control/ contrast voltage
initial value
display

Y

ALL

M

M

ALL

C

ALL

K

ALL

Y

ALL

M

ALL

381-2

C

ALL

381-3

K

ALL

Y

ALL

M

ALL

C

ALL

K

ALL

320
<0-999>
330
<0-999>
340
<0-999>
375
<0-999>
320
<0-999>
330
<0-999>
340
<0-999>
375
<0-999>
408
<0-999>
408
<0-999>
408
<0-999>
408
<0-999>

380-1
380-2
380-3
381-0
381-1

382-0
382-1
382-2
382-3

Image
control

Image
control

Contrast voltage actual
value display

Image quality
open-loop
control/ laser
power initial
value display

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 50

RAM

Contents

-

Stores the current width
of RADF original guide
by keying in this code
with the guide set at the
minimum width. Perform this adjustment
when the RADF board
or volume is replaced,
or when the code (05356) is performed.
Stores the current width
of RADF original guide
by keying in this code
with the guide set at the
maximum width. Perform this adjustment
when the RADF board
or volume is replaced,
or when the code (05356) is performed.
Transformer output calibration of the black
developer bias. When
replacing the high-voltage transformer, the
values listed in attached
data sheet are entered.
(Unit: V)
Displays the contrast
voltage initial value set
by the open-loop control. (Unit: V)

M

Procedur
e
6

6

1
1

10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the contrast
voltage when printing is
operated. (Unit: V)

10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the laser
power initial value set
by the open-loop control. (Unit: µW)

10
10

M

10

M

10

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
383-0
383-1

Classification
Image
control

383-2
383-3
384-0
384-1

Image
control

384-2
384-3
385-0
385-1

Image
control

385-2
385-3
386-0
386-1

Image
control

386-2
386-3
388

Image
control

389

390-0
390-1
390-2
390-3

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Laser power
Y
ALL
92
actual value
<0-255>
display
M
ALL
92
<0-255>
C
ALL
92
<0-255>
K
ALL
92
<0-255>
Laser power
Y
ALL
408
actual value
<0-999>
display
M
ALL
408
<0-999>
C
ALL
408
<0-999>
K
ALL
408
<0-999>
Main charger
Y
ALL
78
grid bias
<0-255>
actual value
M
ALL
84
display
<0-255>
C
ALL
87
<0-255>
K
ALL
94
<0-255>
Developer
Y
ALL
135
bias DC (-)
<0-255>
actual value
M
ALL
137
display
<0-255>
C
ALL
139
<0-255>
K
ALL
146
<0-255>
Output value
When the
ALL
0
display of
light
<0-1023>
image quality source is
sensor
OFF
Transfer
ALL
0
belt sur<0-1023>
face
Highdensity pattern Y
Highdensity pattern M
Highdensity pattern C
Highdensity pattern K

RAM
M
M

Contents
Displays the laser
power when printing is
operated. (bit value)

Procedur
e
10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the laser
power when printing is
operated. (Unit: µW)

10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the main
charger grid bias when
printing is operated. (bit
value)

10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the developer
bias when printing is
operated. (bit value)

10
10

M

10

M

10

M

M

ALL

0
<0-1023>

M

ALL

0
<0-1023>

M

ALL

0
<0-1023>

M

ALL

0
<0-1023>

M

Displays the output
value of image quality
sensor when the sensor
light source is OFF.
Displays the output
value of image quality
sensor (when there is
no test pattern) on the
transfer belt.
Displays the output
value of image quality
sensor when a highdensity test pattern is
written.
The larger the value is,
the smaller the toner
amount adhered
becomes.

2

2

10
10
10
10

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 51

2

Code
391-0

Classification
Image
control

391-1
391-2
391-3

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Output value
LowdenALL
0
display of
sity pat<0-1023>
image quality tern Y
sensor
LowdenALL
0
sity pat<0-1023>
tern M
LowdenALL
0
sity pat<0-1023>
tern C
LowdenALL
0
sity pat<0-1023>
tern K
Light amount adjustment
ALL
0
result of image quality sen<0-255>
sor

RAM

Contents

M

Displays the output
value of image quality
sensor when a low-density test pattern is written.
The larger the value is,
the smaller the toner
amount adhered
becomes.

M
M
M

392

Image
control

393

Image
control

Relative humidity display
during latest closed-loop
control

ALL

0
<0-100>

M

394

Image
control

ALL

-

-

395

Image
control

ALL

-

M

396

Image
control

Enforced performing of
image quality open-loop
control
Enforced performing of
image quality closed-loop
control
Image quality control initialization

ALL

-

M

398-0

Image
control

Target value
of the high
image density control

Y

ALL

M

M

ALL

398-2

C

ALL

398-3

K

ALL

265
<220360>
300
<220360>
320
<220360>
370
<300420>
134
<0-255>
135
<0-255>

398-1

401

Laser

405

410
411

Laser

Fine adjustment of polygonal motor rotation speed
(reproduction ratio adjustment)

Adjustment of primary
scanning laser writing start
position

PRT
PPC

PPC
PRT

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 52

128
<0-255>
120
<0-255>

M

M

Procedur
e
10
10
10
10

The LED light amount
adjustment value of this
sensor is the reference
value to set the
reflected light from the
belt surface.
Displays the relative
humidity at the latest
performing of the
closed-loop
control.
Performs the image
quality open-loop control.
Performs the image
quality closedloop control.
Performs the image
quality control, initialize
each control value.
Sets the target value of
high image density control at the time of the
image quality control.

2

2

6
6
6
4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

M
M

When the value
increases by 1, the
reproduction ratio of primary scanning direction
increases by approx.
0.07%. (approx. 0.1
mm/step)
When the value
increases by 1, the
writing start position
shifts to the front side
by approx. 0.0423 mm.

1
1

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

417-0

Image

417-1
417-2
417-3
418-0

Image

418-1
418-2
418-3
421

Drive

422

424

Drive

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Color deviaK
ALL
128
tion correc<118tion 1
138>
(A3/LD)
C
ALL
128
<118138>
M
ALL
128
<118138>
Y
ALL
128
<118138>
Color deviaK
ALL
128
tion correc<118tion 2
138>
(A3/LD)
C
ALL
128
<118138>
M
ALL
128
<118138>
Y
ALL
128
<118138>
Adjustment of secondary
PPC/
127
scanning direction reproPRT
<0-255>
duction ratio (fine adjustFAX
144
ment of main motor speed)
<0-255>
Fine adjustment of exit
motor speed

425
426

PPC/
PRT
FAX

Drive

427

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment of secondary
scanning direction reproduction ratio (fine adjustment of transport motor
speed)

PPC/
PRT
FAX

JPN: 140
Others:
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
153
<0-255>
128
<0-255>

RAM

Contents

M

When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts toward the
trailing edge of the
paper by 0.0423 mm.

M

Procedur
e
4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts toward the
trailing edge of the
paper by 0.0423 mm.

4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

M

M
M
M

When the value
increases by 1, the
reproduction ratio of
secondary scanning
direction increases by
approx. 0.04%.
When the value
increases by 1, the
rotation becomes faster
by approx.
0.05%.

1

When the value
increases by 1, the
reproduction ratio of
secondary scanning
direction increases by
approx. 0.04%.

1

1

1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 53
06/10

2

Code

Classification

430

Image

431

Image

432

Image

433

Image

434-0

Image

434-1

Image

435

Image

436

Image

437

Image

438

Image

439

Image

440

Laser

441
442
443
444
445

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Top margin adjustment
PPC
26
(blank area at the leading
<0-255>
edge of the paper))
Left margin adjustment
PPC
0
(blank area at the left of the
<0-255>
paper along the paper
feeding direction)
Right margin adjustment
PPC
15
(blank area at the right of
<0-255>
the paper along the paper
feeding direction)
Bottom margin adjustment
PPC
43
(blank area at the trailing
<0-255>
edge of the paper)
Bottom margin adjustment
PPC/
EUR: 45
(blank area at the trailing
PRT
UC: 28
edge of the paper)
JPN: 28
/Reverse side at duplexing
Others:
45
<0-255>
Right margin adjustment
PPC/
18
(blank area at the right of
PRT
<0-255>
the paper along the paper
feeding direction)
/Reverse side at duplexing
Top margin adjustment
PRT
24
(blank area at the leading
<0-255>
edge of the paper)
Left margin adjustment
PRT
0
(blank area at the left of the
<0-255>
paper along the paper
feeding direction)
Right margin adjustment
PRT
0
(blank area at the right of
<0-255>
the paper along the paper
feeding direction)
Bottom margin adjustment
PRT
0
(blank area at the trailing
<0-255>
edge of the paper)
Bottom margin adjustment
ALL
128
(blank area at the trailing
<0-255>
edge of the paper along
the paper feeding direction) when paper size is not
specified at bypass feed
Secondary
Upper
ALL
21
scanning
drawer
<0-40>
laser writing
Lower
ALL
47
start position
drawer
<0-80>
Bypass
ALL
22
feeding
<0-40>
LCF
ALL
20
<0-40>
PFP
ALL
20
<0-40>
Duplex
ALL
21
feeding
<0-40>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 54

RAM
M
M

Contents
When the value
increases by 1, the
blank area becomes
wider by approx.
0.0423 mm.

Procedur
e
1
1

M

1

M

1

M

4

M

4

M

1

M

M

When the value
increases by 1, the
blank area becomes
wider by approx.
0.0423 mm.

M

1

1

1

M

When the value
increases by 1, the
margin increases by
approx. 0.2 mm.

1

M

When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts toward the
trailing edge of the
paper by approx.
0.2 mm.

1

M
M

1
1

M

1

M

1

M

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
448-0
448-1

Classification
Paper
feeding

448-2
448-3
449-0
449-1

Paper
feeding

449-2
449-3
450-0
450-1

Paper
feeding

450-2
450-3
452-0
452-1

Paper
feeding

452-2
452-3

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Paper aligning Long
ALL
15
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
15
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
15
(PFP upper
size 1
<0-63>
drawer / Plain
Short
ALL
15
paper)
size 2
<0-63>
Paper aligning Long
ALL
15
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
15
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
15
(PFP lower
size 1
<0-63>
drawer / Plain
Short
ALL
15
paper)
size 2
<0-63>
Paper aligning Long
ALL
18
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
18
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
18
(Upper drawer size 1
<0-63>
/ Plain paper)
Short
ALL
18
size 2
<0-63>
Paper aligning Long
ALL
18
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
18
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
15
(Lower drawer size 1
<0-63>
/ Plain paper)
Short
ALL
15
size 2
<0-63>

RAM
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

Contents
When the value
increases by 1, the
aligning amount
increases by approx.
0.8 mm.

Long size:
330 mm or longer
Middle size:
220 mm to 329 mm
Short size 1:
205 mm to 219 mm
Short size 2:
204 mm or shorter

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M
M
M
M

When the value
increases by 1, the
aligning amount
increases by approx.
0.8 mm.

Long size:
330 mm or longer
Middle size:
220 mm to 329 mm
Short size 1:
205 mm to 219 mm
Short size 2:
204 mm or shorter

4
4
4
4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 55

2

Code
455-0
455-1

Classification
Paper
feeding

455-2

457

Paper
feeding

458-0

Paper
feeding

458-1
458-2

460-0
460-1

Paper
feeding

460-2

461-0
461-1

Paper
feeding

461-2

462-0
462-1

Paper
feeding

462-2
462-3
463-0
463-1
463-2

Paper
feeding

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Paper aligning Long
ALL
8
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
8
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
12
(Duplex feed- size
<0-63>
ing / Plain
paper)
Paper aligning amount
ALL
15
adjustment at the registra<0-63>
tion section (LCF / Plain
paper)
Paper aligning Long
ALL
14
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
14
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
14
(Bypass feed- size
<0-63>
ing/Plain
paper)
Paper aligning Long
ALL
16
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
16
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
16
(Bypass feed- size
<0-63>
ing/Thick
paper 1)
Paper aligning Long
ALL
17
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
17
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
17
(Bypass feed- size
<0-63>
ing/Thick
paper 2)
Paper aligning Long
ALL
17
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
17
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
17
(Bypass feed- size
<0-63>
ing/Thick
Post
ALL
16
paper 3)
card
<0-63>
Paper aligning Long
ALL
16
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
16
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
16
(Bypass feed- size
<0-63>
ing/OHP film)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 56

RAM

Contents

M

When the value
increases by 1, the
aligning amount
increases by approx.
0.8 mm.

Long size:
330 mm or longer
Middle size:
220 mm to 329 mm
Short size:
219 mm or shorter
* Postcard is supported only for JPN
model.

M
M

M

M
M

Procedur
e
4
4
4

1

4
4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
466-0
466-1

Classification
Paper
feeding

466-4
466-5
466-6
466-7
467

Paper
feeding

468-0

Finisher

468-1
468-2
469-0
469-1

Paper
feeding

469-2
469-3
470-0
470-1

Paper
feeding

470-2
470-3
471-0
471-1

Paper
feeding

471-2
471-3

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Adjustment of Plain
ALL
143
paper pushpaper
<0-255>
ing amount /
Post card
ALL
170
Bypass feed<0-255>
ing
Thick
ALL
143
paper 1
<0-255>
Thick
ALL
143
paper 2
<0-255>
Thick
ALL
143
paper 3
<0-255>
OHP film
ALL
143
<0-255>
Adjustment of paper pushALL
128
ing amount/Duplex feed<0-255>
ing (short size)

Fine adjustment of binding position/
folding position

A4-R
/LT-R
B4

ALL

A3/LD

ALL

Paper aligning
amount
adjustment at
the registration section
(Upper drawer
/ Thick paper
1)

Long
size
Middle
size
Short
size 1
Short
size 2
Long
size
Middle
size
Short
size 1
Short
size 2
Long
size
Middle
size
Short
size 1
Short
size 2

ALL

Paper aligning
amount
adjustment at
the registration section
(Lower drawer
/ Thick
paper 1)
Paper aligning
amount
adjustment at
the registration section
(PFP upper
drawer / Thick
paper 1)

ALL

ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL

0
<-14-14>
0
<-14-14>
0
<-14-14>
18
<0-63>
18
<0-63>
18
<0-63>
18
<0-63>
15
<0-63>
15
<0-63>
15
<0-63>
15
<0-63>
15
<0-63>
15
<0-63>
15
<0-63>
15
<0-63>

RAM

Contents

M

When the value
increases by 1, the
driving speed of bypass
feed roller increases by
approx. 2 ms when the
paper transport is
started from the registration section.
* Post card is supported only for JPN
model.

M
M
M
M
M
M

M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

When the value
increases by 1, the
driving speed of ADU
transport roller
increases by approx.
2 ms when the paper
transport is started from
the registration section.
When the value
increases by 1, the
binding/folding position
shifts toward the right
page by 0.25 mm.
When the value
increases by "1", the
aligning amount
increases by approx.
0.8 mm.

Long size:
330 mm or longer
Middle size:
220 mm to 329 mm
Short size 1:
205 mm to 219 mm
Short size 2:
204 mm or shorter

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4
4
4
1

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 57

2

Code
472-0
472-1

Classification
Paper
feeding

472-2
472-3
473

Paper
feeding

474-0

Paper
feeding

474-1
474-2
475-0
475-1

475-2
475-3
475-4

475-5
475-6
475-7
475-8
475-9

Paper
feeding

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Paper aligning Long
ALL
15
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
15
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
15
(PFP lower
size 1
<0-63>
drawer / Thick
Short
ALL
15
paper 1)
size 2
<0-63>
Paper aligning amount
ALL
15
adjustment at the registra<0-63>
tion section (LCF / Thick
paper 1)
Paper aligning Long
ALL
8
amount
size
<0-63>
adjustment at Middle
ALL
8
the registrasize
<0-63>
tion section
Short
ALL
12
(ADU / Thick
size
<0-63>
paper 1)
Paper aligning Thick
ALL
28
amount
paper 2
<0-63>
adjustment at Long size
the registraThick
ALL
28
tion section
paper 2
<0-63>
(Bypass feed- Middle
ing)
size
Thick
ALL
28
paper 2
<0-63>
Short size
Thick
ALL
28
paper 3
<0-63>
Long size
Thick
ALL
28
paper 3
<0-63>
Middle
size
Thick
ALL
28
paper 3
<0-63>
Short size
OHP film
ALL
24
Long size
<0-63>
OHP film
ALL
24
Middle
<0-63>
size
OHP film
ALL
24
Short size
<0-63>
Post card
ALL
28
<0-63>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 58

RAM

Contents

M

When the value
increases by "1", the
aligning amount
increases by approx.
0.8 mm.

Long size:
330 mm or longer
Middle size:
220 mm to 329 mm
Short size:
219 mm or shorter
Short size 1:
205 mm to 219 mm
Short size 2:
204 mm or shorter
* Post card is supported only for JPN
model.

M
M
M
M

M
M
M

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4
1

4
4
4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

M

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

494

Laser

495
496
497-0

Laser

497-1
497-2
497-3
497-4
497-5
498-0

Laser

498-1
499

Development

501

Image

503
504
505

Image

506
507
508

Image

509
510

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Secondary
When
ALL
135
scanning data decelerat<0-255>
laser writing
ing to 1/2
start position
When
ALL
135
decelerat<0-255>
ing to 1/3
When
ALL
140
decelerat<0-255>
ing to 1/4
Adjustment of Upper
ALL
128
drawer sidedrawer
<0-255>
ways deviaLower
ALL
128
tion
drawer
<0-255>
PFP upper
ALL
128
drawer
<0-255>
PFP lower
ALL
128
drawer
<0-255>
LCF
ALL
128
<0-255>
Bypass
ALL
128
feeding
<0-255>
Adjustment of Long size
ALL
131
duplex feed<0-255>
ing sideways
Short size
ALL
131
deviation
(A4/LT or
<0-255>
smaller)
Black developer unit lift up/
ALL
2
down timing adjustment
<0-255>

Density
adjustment
Fine adjustment of manual density
/Center value
Density
adjustment
Fine adjustment of manual density
/Light step
value
Density
adjustment
Fine adjustment of manual density
/Dark step
value

Photo

RAM

Contents

M

When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts by approx.
0.2 mm toward the
trailing edge of the
paper.

M
M
M
M
M

1
When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts toward the
front side by 0.0423
mm.

4
4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M
M

SYS

Text/Photo

20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>

SYS

Text

1

4

128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>

Photo

1

M

PPC
(black)
Text/Photo PPC
(black)
Text
PPC
(black)
Text/Photo PPC
(black)
Photo
PPC
(black)
Text
PPC
(black)
PPC
(black)
PPC
(black)
PPC
(black)

Procedur
e

SYS

When the value
increases by 1, the
image shifts toward the
front side by 0.0423
mm.

4

Change the lift up/down
timing of the black
developer unit when a
CEB0 error occurs.
(Chap. 3.11.3)
When the value
increases, the image of
the center step density
becomes darker.

1

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS

4

1
1
1

Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
the light steps
becomes lighter.
Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
the dark steps
becomes darker.

1
1
1
1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 59
06/10

2

Code

Classification

512

Image

514
515
532

Image

533
534
570

Image

571

572

580

Image

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Density
Photo
PPC
128
adjustment
(black) <0-255>
Fine adjustText/Photo PPC
128
ment of auto(black) <0-255>
matic density Text
PPC
128
(black) <0-255>
Range correc- Text/Photo PPC
40
tion Back(black) <0-255>
ground peak
Photo
PPC
16
adjustment
(black) <0-255>
Text
PPC
40
(black) <0-255>
Range correc- Text/Photo PPC
22
tion on origi(black) <11-14,
nal manually
21-24,
set on the
31-34,
original glass
41-44>
Photo
PPC
12
(black) <11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>
Text
PPC
22
(black) <11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>

Automatic gamma adjustment

PPC
(black)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 60

-

RAM
SYS
SYS

Contents
When the value
increases, the image
becomes darker.

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS

SYS

-

Procedur
e
1
1
1

When the value
increases, the background of the image
(low density area)
becomes harder to be
printed out.

1

Sets whether the values
of the background peak
and text peak are fixed
or not. Ones place is
an adjustment for automatic density and tens
place is for manual
density. Once they are
fixed, the range correction is performed with
standard values. The
values of the background peak and text
peak affect the reproduction of the background density and text
density respectively.

1

1: fixed/fixed
2: varied/fixed
3: fixed/varied
4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
Adjusts the gradation
reproduction automatically.

1
1

1

1

7

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

590-0

Image

590-1
590-2
591-0

Image

591-1
591-2
592-0

Image

592-1
592-2
596-0

Image

596-1
596-2
597-0

Image

597-1
597-2
598-0

Image

598-1
598-2
599-0

Image

599-1
599-2
600

Image

601
602

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Adjustment of
L
PPC
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (Text/
M
PPC
128
Photo)
(black) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
PPC
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (Text)
M
PPC
128
(black) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
PPC
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (Photo)
M
PPC
128
(black) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
PRT
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (PS/
M
PRT
128
Smooth)
(black) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
PRT
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance
M
PRT
128
(PS/Detail)
(black) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
PRT
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance
M
PRT
128
(PCL/Smooth)
(black) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
PRT
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance
M
PRT
128
(PCL/Detail)
(black) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(black) <0-255>
Background
Text/Photo PPC
5
adjustment
(black)
<1-9>
Text
PPC
5
(black)
<1-9>
Photo
PPC
5
(black)
<1-9>

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents
When the value
increases, the density
in the target area
becomes higher.
L : Low density area
M : Medium density
area
H : High density area

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

When the value
increases, the density
in the target area
becomes higher.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H : High density area

4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS
SYS
SYS

When the value
decreases, the background becomes
darker. When the value
increases, the background becomes
lighter.

1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 61

2

Code

Classification

604

Image

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Sharpness
Text/Photo PPC
0
adjustment
(black)
<0-31>

RAM

Contents

SYS

When the value
increases, the image
becomes sharper.
When the value
decreases, the image
becomes softer.
The smaller the value
is, the less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
is equivalent to 16
(center value).
Adjustment of the
smudged/faint text.
With increasing the
value, the faint text is
suppressed, and with
decreasing it, the
smudged text is suppressed.
When the value
decreases, the width of
text becomes wider.

605

Text

PPC
(black)

0
<0-31>

SYS

606

Photo

PPC
(black)

0
<0-31>

SYS

648

Image

Adjustment of
smudged/faint
text

Text/Photo

PPC
(black)

30
<0-255>

SYS

654

Image

Adjustment of
smudged/faint
text

PS

PRT
(black)
PRT
(black)
PRT
(black)

5
<0-9>
5
<0-9>
255
<0-255>

SYS

PRT
(black)
PRT
(black)
PPC
(black)
PPC
(black)
PPC
(black)
PPC
(black)
PPC
(black)

176
<0-255>
176
<0-255>
0
<0-255>
63
<0-255>
127
<0-255>
191
<0-255>
255
<0-255>

SYS

655

PCL

663

Image

Dot size adjustment in
black printing

664

Image

Upper limit in
toner saving
mode

665
667-0
667-1
667-2
667-3
667-4

Image

Setting beam
level conversion

PS
PCL
Beam
level 0/4
Beam
level 1/4
Beam
level 2/4
Beam
level 3/4
Beam
level 4/4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 62

SYS
SYS

SYS
M
M
M
M
M

Procedur
e
1

1

1

1

1
1

Adjusts the dot size of
primary scanning direction in black printing.
The smaller the value
is, the dot becomes
smaller.
When the value
decreases, the printing
density becomes
lighter.

1

Sets the beam level for
4 divided smoothing.
The primary scanning
direction is divided into
4 and the dot width is
set at the 5 levels (incl.
level 0). The smaller
the value is, the smaller
the primary scanning
direction of the dot
becomes.

4

1
1

4
4
4
4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

693

Image

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Range correc- Text/Photo PPC
22
tion on origi(black) <11-14,
nal set on the
21-24,
RADF
31-34,
41-44>

Contents

SYS

Sets whether the values
of the background peak
and text peak are fixed
or not. Ones place is
an adjustment for automatic density and tens
place is for manual
density. Once they are
fixed, the range correction is performed with
standard values.
The values of the background peak and text
peak affect the reproduction of the background density and text
density respectively.
1: fixed/fixed
2: varied/fixed
3: fixed/varied
4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
When the value
increases, the image of
center value density
becomes darker.
Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
light side becomes
lighter.
Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
the center step density
becomes darker.

1

Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
the light steps
becomes lighter.
Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
the dark steps
becomes darker.

1

694

Photo

PPC
(black)

12
<11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>

SYS

695

Text

PPC
(black)

22
<11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>

SYS

Center
value

FAX
(black)

125
<0-255>

SYS

Light step
value

FAX
(black)

20
<0-255>

SYS

Dark step
value

FAX
(black)

20
<0-255>

SYS

Photo

FAX
(black)

128
<0-255>

SYS

Text/Photo

FAX
(black)

128
<0-255>

SYS

Photo

FAX
(black)

20
<0-255>

SYS

Text/Photo

FAX
(black)

20
<0-255>

SYS

FAX
(black)
Text/Photo
FAX
(black)

20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>

SYS

700

Image

701

Adjustment of
binarized
threshold
(Text)

702
710

Image

714
715

Image

719

720

Image

724

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Density
adjustment
manual density fine
adjustment/
Center value
Density
adjustment
manual density fine
adjustment/
Light step
value
Density
adjustment
manual density fine
adjustment/
Dark step
value

Photo

Procedur
e

RAM

SYS

2

1

1

1

1

1
1
1

1

1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 63

Code

Classification

725

Image

729
825

Image

826

827

828

830

Image

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Density
Photo
FAX
128
adjustment
(black) <0-255>
automatic
Text/Photo
FAX
128
density fine
(black) <0-255>
adjustment
Range correc- Text/Photo SCN
12
tion on origi(black) <11-14,
nal manually
21-24,
set on the
31-34,
original glass
41-44>
Text
SCN
12
(black) <11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>
Photo
SCN
12
(black) <11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>
Gray scale SCN
12
(black) <11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>

Range correc- Text/Photo SCN
tion on origi(black)
nal set on the
RADF

831

Text

SCN
(black)

832

Photo

SCN
(black)

833

Gray scale

SCN
(black)

835
836
837
838

Image

Range correc- Text/Photo SCN
tion Back(black)
ground peak
Text
SCN
adjustment
(black)
Photo
SCN
(black)
Gray scale SCN
(black)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 64

12
<11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>
12
<11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>
12
<11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>
12
<11-14,
21-24,
31-34,
41-44>

56
<0-255>
48
<0-255>
16
<0-255>
32
<0-255>

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS

SYS

SYS

SYS

SYS

SYS

SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents

Procedur
e

When the value
increases, the image
becomes darker.

1

Sets whether the values
of the background peak
and text peak are fixed
or not. Ones place is
an adjustment for automatic density and tens
place is for manual
density. Once they are
fixed, the range correction is performed with
standard values. The
values of the background peak and text
peak affect the reproduction of the background density and text
density respectively.
1: fixed/fixed
2: varied/fixed
3: fixed/varied
4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
Sets whether the values
of the background peak
and text peak are fixed
or not. Ones place is
an adjustment for automatic density and tens
place is for manual
density. Once they are
fixed, the range correction is performed with
standard values.
The values of the background peak and text
peak affect the reproduction of the background density and text
density respectively.
1: fixed/fixed
2: varied/fixed
3: fixed/varied
4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
When the value
increases, the background of the image
(low density area)
becomes harder to be
printed out.

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1
1
1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

840

Image

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Sharpness
Text/Photo SCN
0
adjustment
(black)
<0-31>

RAM

Contents

SYS

When the value
increases, the image
becomes sharper.
When the value
decreases, the image
becomes softer.
The smaller the value
is, the less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
is equivalent to 16
(center value).

841

Text

SCN
(black)

0
<0-31>

SYS

842

Photo

SCN
(black)

0
<0-31>

SYS

843

Gray scale

SCN
(black)

0
<0-31>

SYS

Text/Photo

SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)

128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>

SYS

845

Image

846
847

Density
adjustment
manual density fine
adjustment/
Center value

Text
Photo

SYS
SYS

848

Image

Fine adjustment of background / Center value

850

Image

Density
Text/Photo
adjustment
manual denText
sity fine
adjustment/
Photo
Light step
value
Fine adjustment of background / Light step value
(Image smoothing)

SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)

20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>

SYS

SCN
(black)

50
<0-255>

SYS

Density
Text/Photo
adjustment
manual denText
sity fine
adjustment/
Photo
Dark step
value
Fine adjustment of background / Dark step value
(Image smoothing)

SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)

20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>
20
<0-255>

SYS

SCN
(black)

50
<0-255>

SYS

Density
adjustment
automatic
density fine
adjustment

SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)
SCN
(black)

128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>

SYS

851
852
853

Image

855

Image

856
857
858

Image

860

Image

861
862

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Text/Photo
Text
Photo

When the value
increases, the image
becomes darker.

SYS

SYS

When the value
increases, the background becomes
darker.
When the value
increases, the image of
the light steps
becomes lighter.

SYS

1
1
1
1
1

1

1
1
1

Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at
background adjustment. When the value
increases, the background of the light
steps becomes lighter.
When the value
increases, the image of
the dark steps
becomes darker.

SYS

SYS

1

1

SYS

SYS

Procedur
e

1

1
1
1

Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at
background adjustment. When the value
increases, the background of the dark
steps becomes darker.
When the value
increases, the image
becomes darker.

1

1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 65

2

Code

Classification

880-0

Image

880-1
880-2
881-0

Image

881-1
881-2
882-0

Image

882-1
882-2
883-0

Image

883-1
883-2
884

Image

953-0

Image

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Adjustment of
L
SCN
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (Text/
M
SCN
128
Photo)
(black) <0-255>
H
SCN
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
SCN
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (Text)
M
SCN
128
(black) <0-255>
H
SCN
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
SCN
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (Photo)
M
SCN
128
(black) <0-255>
H
SCN
128
(black) <0-255>
Adjustment of
L
SCN
128
gamma bal(black) <0-255>
ance (Gray
M
SCN
128
scale)
(black) <0-255>
H
SCN
128
(black) <0-255>
Reproduction ratio fine
SCN
128
adjustment of primary
(black) <0-255>
scanning direction

Color deviation correction 3
(A4/LT)

K

ALL

C

ALL

953-2

M

ALL

953-3

Y

ALL

953-1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 66

128
<118138>
128
<118138>
128
<118138>
128
<118138>

RAM

Contents

SYS

When the value
increases, the density
in the target area
becomes higher.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density area
H: High density area

SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

M
M

When the value
increases by 1, the
reproduction ratio of primary scanning direction
increases by approx.
0.1%.
Effective with the resolution other than 600
dpi.
When the value
increases by "1", the
image shifts toward the
trailing edge of the
paper by 0.0423 mm.

1

4
4

M

4

M

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

954-0

Image

954-1
954-2
954-3
955-0

Image

955-1
955-2
955-3
956-0

Image

956-1
956-2
956-3
976

Maintenance

1000

Image

1001
1002
1003

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Color deviaK
ALL
128
tion correc<118tion 4
138>
(A4/LT)
C
ALL
128
<118138>
M
ALL
128
<118138>
Y
ALL
128
<118138>
Color deviaK
ALL
128
tion correc<118tion 5
138>
(A4/LT)
C
ALL
128
<118138>
M
ALL
128
<118138>
Y
ALL
128
<118138>
Color deviaK
ALL
128
tion correc<118tion 6
138>
(A4/LT)
C
ALL
128
<118138>
M
ALL
128
<118138>
Y
ALL
128
<118138>
Equipment number (serial
ALL
number) display

Automatic
gamma
adjustment

PS/
600x600
dpi
PS/
1200x600
dpi
PCL/
600x600
dpi
PCL/
1200x600
dpi

RAM

Contents

M

When the value
increases by "1", the
image shifts toward the
trailing edge of the
paper by 0.0423 mm.

M

Procedur
e
4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

When the value
increases by "1", the
image shifts toward the
trailing edge of the
paper by 0.0423 mm.

4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

When the value
increases by "1", the
image shifts toward the
trailing edge of the
paper by 0.0423 mm.

4
4

M

4

M

4

SYS

When this adjustment is
performed with this
code, the setting code
(08-995) is also performed automatically.
(10 digits)
Adjusts the gradation
reproduction for each
color, Y, M, C and K.

1

PRT
(color)

-

SYS

7

PRT
(color)

-

SYS

PRT
(color)

-

SYS

7

PRT
(color)

-

SYS

7

7

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 67

2

Code

Classification

1010-0

Image

1010-1
1010-2
1011-0

Image

1011-1
1011-2
1012-0

Image

1012-1
1012-2
1013-0

Image

1013-1
1013-2
1014-0

Image

1014-1
1014-2
1015-0

Image

1015-1
1015-2
1016-0

Image

1016-1
1016-2
1017-0

Image

1017-1
1017-2
1018-0
1018-1
1018-2

Image

Items
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for M
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for C
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for K
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for M
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for C
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for K
(PS/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 68

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents
The target color, mode
and density area
become darker as the
value increases.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H: High density area

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1019-0

Image

1019-1
1019-2
1020-0

Image

1020-1
1020-2
1021-0

Image

1021-1
1021-2
1022-0

Image

1022-1
1022-2
1023-0

Image

1023-1
1023-2
1024-0

Image

1024-1
1024-2
1025-0

Image

1025-1
1025-2
1026-0

Image

1026-1
1026-2
1027-0

Image

1027-1
1027-2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Color balance adjustment for M
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for C
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for K
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for M
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for C
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for K
(PS/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for M
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents
The target color, mode
and density area
become darker as the
value increases.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H: High density area

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 69

2

Code

Classification

1028-0

Image

1028-1
1028-2
1029-0

Image

1029-1
1029-2
1030-0

Image

1030-1
1030-2
1031-0

Image

1031-1
1031-2
1032-0

Image

1032-1
1032-2
1033-0

Image

1033-1
1033-2
1034-0

Image

1034-1
1034-2
1035-0

Image

1035-1
1035-2
1036-0
1036-1
1036-2

Image

Items
Color balance adjustment for C
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for K
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for M
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for C
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for K
(PCL/
600x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for M
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for C
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 70

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents
The target color, mode
and density area
become darker as the
value increases.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H: High density area

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1037-0

Image

1037-1
1037-2
1038-0

Image

1038-1
1038-2
1039-0

Image

1039-1
1039-2
1040-0

Image

1040-1
1040-2
1041-0

Image

1041-1
1041-2
1046-0

Image

1046-1
1047-0

Image

1047-1
1048-0

Image

1048-1
1049-0

Image

1049-1
1050-0

Image

1050-1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Color balance adjustment for K
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Smooth)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for M
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for C
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Color balance adjustment for K
(PCL/
1200x600dpi/
Detail)
Adjustment of
maximum
toner amount
(Plain paper)
Adjustment of
maximum
toner amount
(Thick paper
1)
Adjustment of
maximum
toner amount
(Thick paper
2)
Adjustment of
maximum
toner amount
(Thick paper
3)
Adjustment of
maximum
toner amount
(OHP film)

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PRT
128
(color) <0-255>
PS
PRT
255
(color) <0-255>
PCL
PRT
255
(color) <0-255>
PS
PRT
255
(color) <0-255>
PCL
PRT
255
(color) <0-255>
PS
PCL
PS
PCL
PS
PCL

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents
The target color, mode
and density area
become darker as the
value increases.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H: High density area

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

When the value
decreases, the image
becomes lighter.
Note:
Note:
When the value
increases, the
image offsetting
may occur.

4
4
4
4

PRT
(color)
PRT
(color)

255
<0-255>
255
<0-255>

SYS

4

SYS

4

PRT
(color)
PRT
(color)

255
<0-255>
255
<0-255>

SYS

4

SYS

4

PRT
(color)
PRT
(color)

200
<0-255>
200
<0-255>

SYS

4

SYS

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 71

2

Code

Classification

1055

Image

1056
1057
1058
1060

Image

1065

Image

1066

Image

1070

Image

1071

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Upper limit in toner saving
PRT
176
mode
(color) <0-255>
PRT
176
(color) <0-255>
PRT
176
(color) <0-255>
PRT
176
(color) <0-255>
Reproduction ratio fine
SCN
128
adjustment of primary
(color) <0-255>
scanning direction

Image

1076

Image

1081

1087
1088

Image

When the value
decreases, the printing
density becomes
lighter.

SYS

1

SYS

SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)

0
<0-50>
0
<0-50>
0
<0-50>
0
<0-4>
0
<0-4>
0
<0-4>
0
<0-3>
0
<0-3>
0
<0-3>

SYS

SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)

0
<0-31>
0
<0-31>
0
<0-31>

SYS

Fine adjustment of black
density

RGB conversion method
selection

Sharpness
adjustment

Text
Printed
image
Photo
Text
Printed
image
Photo
Text
Printed
image
Photo

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 72

1

SYS

Fine adjustment of background

Printed
image
Photo

1

1

SYS

Text

Procedur
e

SYS

70
<0-255>
70
<0-255>

1082
1086

SYS

SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)

1077
1080

Contents

Judgment threshold for
ACS
Judgment threshold for
ACS on original set on the
RADF

1072
1075

RAM

SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS

When the value
increases by 1, the
reproduction ratio of primary scanning direction
increases by approx.
0.1%.
Effective with the resolution other than 600
dpi.
When the value
increases, originals
tend to be judged as
monochrome, and
when the value
decreases, they tend to
be judged as color in
autocolor mode.
Adjusts the level of
background. When the
value increases, the
background becomes
more brightened.

1

Adjusts the black density of the scanned
image. When the value
increases, the black
density becomes
darker.

1

Sets the color space
format of the output
image.
0: sRGB
1: AppleRGB
2: ROMMRGB
3: AdobeRGB
When the value
increases, the image
becomes sharper.
When the value
decreases, the image
becomes softer.
The smaller the value
is, the less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
is equivalent to 16
(center value).

1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1
1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1550

Image

1551
1552
1553
1554
1560

Image

1561
1562
1563
1564
1570

Image

1571
1572
1573
1574
1580

Image

1581
1582
1583
1584
1612

Image

1613
1614
1615
1616

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Density
Text/Photo PPC
128
adjustment
(color) <0-255>
manual denText
PPC
128
sity fine
(color) <0-255>
adjustment/
Printed
PPC
128
Center value
image
(color) <0-255>
Photo
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Map
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Density
Text/Photo PPC
20
adjustment
(color) <0-255>
manual denText
PPC
20
sity fine
(color) <0-255>
adjustment/
Printed
PPC
20
Dark step
image
(color) <0-255>
value
Photo
PPC
20
(color) <0-255>
Map
PPC
20
(color) <0-255>
Density
Text/Photo PPC
20
adjustment
(color) <0-255>
manual denText
PPC
20
sity fine
(color) <0-255>
adjustment/
Printed
PPC
20
Light step
image
(color) <0-255>
value
Photo
PPC
20
(color) <0-255>
Map
PPC
20
(color) <0-255>
Density
Text/Photo PPC
128
adjustment
(color) <0-255>
automatic
Text
PPC
128
density fine
(color) <0-255>
adjustment
Printed
PPC
128
image
(color) <0-255>
Photo
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Map
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Adjustment of
Plain
PPC
255
maximum
paper
(color) <0-255>
toner amount
Thick
PPC
249
paper 1
(color) <0-255>
Thick
PPC
237
paper 2
(color) <0-255>
Thick
PPC
237
paper 3
(color) <0-255>
OHP film
PPC
249
(color) <0-255>

RAM
SYS
SYS

Contents
When the value
increases, the image
becomes darker.

Procedur
e
1
1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
the dark steps
becomes darker.

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS

1
1
1
1

Sets the changing
amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
the light steps
becomes lighter.

SYS
SYS

1

1
1
1
1
1

When the value
increases, the image
becomes darker.

1
1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

When the value
decreases, the image
becomes lighter.
Note:
Note:
When the value
increases,
image offsetting
may occur.

1
1
1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 73

2

Code

Classification

1630

Image

1631

Items
Maximum text
density
adjustment

1632
1633
1642

Image

Automatic
gamma
adjustment

1643

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Y
PPC
5
(color)
<0-10>
M
PPC
5
(color)
<0-10>
C
PPC
5
(color)
<0-10>
K
PPC
5
(color)
<0-10>
Color/
PPC
Black

Color

RAM

Contents

SYS

When the value
increases by 1, the
maximum text density
of each color becomes
darker.

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

PPC

-

SYS

1675

Image

Judgment threshold for
ACS

PPC
(color)

70
<0-255>

SYS

1676

Image

Judgment threshold for
ACS on original set on the
RADF

PPC
(color)

70
<0-255>

SYS

1688

Image

Automatic offsetting adjustment for
background
processing
(background
density)

PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)

128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>

SYS

1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695

Text/Photo
Text
Printed
image
Photo
Map

Image

Automatic offsetting adjustment for
background
processing
(text density)

Text/Photo
Text

1696

Printed
image
Photo

1697

Map

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 74

SYS

Procedur
e
1
1
1
1

Automatic adjustment
of gradation reproduction in the Full Color
Mode (each color of Y,
M, C and K) and Black
Mode.
Automatic adjustment
of gradation reproduction in the Full Color
Mode (each color of Y,
M, C and K).
When the value
increases, originals
tend to be judged as
black, and when the
value decreases, they
tend to be judged as
color in auto-color
mode.
When the value
increases, the background becomes
darker.

7

7

1

1

1
1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS
SYS

When the value
increases, the text
becomes darker.

1
1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1698

Image

1699
1700
1701
1702
1708

Image

1709
1710
1711
1712
1725

Image

1737

Image

1738
1739

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC
128
ting adjust(color) <0-255>
ment for
Text
PPC
128
background
(color) <0-255>
processing
Printed
PPC
128
(background
image
(color) <0-255>
density)
Photo
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Map
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC
128
ting adjust(color) <0-255>
ment for
Text
PPC
128
background
(color) <0-255>
processing
Printed
PPC
128
(text density)
image
(color) <0-255>
Photo
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Map
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Text/Photo reproduction
PPC
0
level adjustment
(color)
<0-5>

Sharpness
adjustment /
Full Color
Mode

Text/Photo
Text

1740

Printed
image
Photo

1741

Map

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)

0
<0-31>
0
<0-31>
0
<0-31>
0
<0-31>
0
<0-31>

RAM
SYS
SYS

Contents
When the value
increases, the background becomes
darker.

Procedur
e
1
1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS
SYS

When the value
increases, the text
becomes darker.

1
1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

0: Default
1: Photo oriented 2
(The printed image
reproduction level
higher than that of
the Photo oriented
1)
2: Photo oriented 1
(The printed image
reproduction level
higher than that of
the Default)
3: Equivalent to the
Default
4: Text oriented 1 (The
text reproduction
level higher than
that of the Default)
5: Text oriented 2 (The
text reproduction
level higher than
that of the Text oriented 1)
When the value
increases, the image
becomes sharper.
When the value
decreases, the image
becomes softer.
The smaller the value
is, the less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
is equivalent to 16
(center value).

1

1
1
1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 75

2

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Sharpness adjustment /
PPC
EUR: 0
Auto Color Mode (Text/
(color)
UC: 0
Photo)
JAPN: 22
<0-31>

Code

Classification

1757

Image

1761

Image

Black reproduction switching

PPC
(color)

0
<0-1>

SYS

1769

Image

Setting for
highlighter

PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)

0
<0-2>
0
<0-2>
0
<0-2>
0
<0-2>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>
128
<0-255>

SYS

1770

Vivid
Clear

1771

Warm

1772

Cool

1779-0

Image

1779-1

Color balance adjustment for Y
(Text/Photo)

1779-2
1780-0

Image

Color balance adjustment for Y
(Text)

1780-2
Image

1781-2
Image

1782-1

Color balance adjustment for Y
(Printed
image)
Color balance adjustment for Y
(Photo)

1782-2
1783-0
1783-1
1783-2

L
M
H

1781-1

1782-0

M
H

1780-1

1781-0

L

L
M
H
L
M
H

Image

Color balance adjustment for Y
(Map)

L
M
H

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 76

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

When the value
increases, the image
becomes sharper.
When the value
decreases, the image
becomes softer. The
smaller the value is, the
less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
is equivalent to
16(center value).
0: Default
1: Black reproduction
oriented
Sets the reproduction
mode for highlighter for
four types of one touch
adjustment.
0: Default
1: Highlighter 1
2: Highlighter 2

1

The target color, mode
and density area
become darker as the
value increases.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H: High density area

4

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

1
1
1
1
1

4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1784-0

Image

1784-1

Items
Color balance adjustment for M
(Text/Photo)

1784-2
1785-0

Image

1785-1

Color balance adjustment for M
(Text)

1785-2
1786-0

Image

1786-1
1786-2
1787-0

Image

1787-1

Color balance adjustment for M
(Printed
image)
Color balance adjustment for M
(Photo)

1787-2
1788-0

Image

1788-1

Color balance adjustment for M
(Map)

1788-2
1789-0

Image

1789-1

Color balance adjustment for C
(Text/Photo)

1789-2
1790-0

Image

1790-1

Color balance adjustment for C
(Text)

1790-2
1791-0

Image

1791-1
1791-2
1792-0

Image

1792-1
1792-2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Color balance adjustment for C
(Printed
image)
Color balance adjustment for C
(Photo)

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents
The target color, mode
and density area
become darker as the
value increases.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H: High density area

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 77

2

Code

Classification

1793-0

Image

1793-1

Items
Color balance adjustment for C
(Map)

1793-2
1794-0

Image

1794-1

Color balance adjustment for K
(Text/Photo)

1794-2
1795-0

Image

1795-1

Color balance adjustment for K
(Text)

1795-2
1796-0

Image

1796-1
1796-2
1797-0

Image

1797-1

Color balance adjustment for K
(Printed
image)
Color balance adjustment for K
(Photo)

1797-2
1798-0

Image

1798-1

Color balance adjustment for K
(Map)

1798-2
1800-0
1800-1

Image
control

Upper limit
value of contrast voltage

1800-2
1800-3
1801-0
1801-1
1801-2
1801-3

Image
control

Lower limit
value of contrast voltage

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
L
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
M
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
H
PPC
128
(color) <0-255>
Y
ALL
650
<0-999>
M
ALL
650
<0-999>
C
ALL
650
<0-999>
K
ALL
600
<0-999>
Y
ALL
120
<0-999>
M
ALL
120
<0-999>
C
ALL
120
<0-999>
K
ALL
120
<0-999>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 78

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Contents
The target color, mode
and density area
become darker as the
value increases.
L: Low density area
M: Medium density
area
H: High density area

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

SYS

4

M
M

Sets the upper limit
value of the contrast
voltage at the image
quality control. (Unit: V)

4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

Sets the lower limit
value of the contrast
voltage at the image
quality control. (Unit: V)

4
4

M

4

M

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1802-0
1802-1

Classification
Image
control

Items
Upper limit
value of laser
power

1802-2
1802-3
1803-0
1803-1

Image
control

Lower limit
value of laser
power

1803-2
1803-3
1804-0
1804-1

Image
control

Background
voltage actual
value display

1804-2
1804-3
1805-0
1805-1

Image
control

1805-2

Drum surface
potential characteristic/
slope factor
display

1805-3
1806-0

Image
control

1806-1

Drum surface
potential characteristic/offset factor
display

1806-2
1806-3
1807-0
1807-1

Image
control

1807-2
1807-3

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Drum exposure voltage
characteristic/
slope factor
display (main
charger grid
low voltage
area)

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Y
ALL
800
<0-999>
M
ALL
800
<0-999>
C
ALL
800
<0-999>
K
ALL
800
<0-999>
Y
ALL
350
<0-999>
M
ALL
350
<0-999>
C
ALL
350
<0-999>
K
ALL
350
<0-999>
Y
ALL
125
<0-999>
M
ALL
125
<0-999>
C
ALL
125
<0-999>
K
ALL
125
<0-999>
Y
ALL
979
<0-999>
M
ALL
979
<0-999>
C
ALL
979
<0-999>
K
ALL
990
<0-999>
Y
ALL
-6
<-999999>
M
ALL
-6
<-999999>
C
ALL
-6
<-999999>
K
ALL
-4
<-999999>
Y
ALL
58
<0-999>
M
ALL
58
<0-999>
C
ALL
58
<0-999>
K
ALL
60
<0-999>

RAM

Contents

M

Sets the upper limit
value of the laser power
at the image quality
control. (Unit: µW)

M

Procedur
e
4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

Sets the lower limit
value of the laser power
at the image quality
control. (Unit: µW)

4
4

M

4

M

4

M
M

Displays the background voltage when
printing is operated.
(Unit: V)

10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M
M
M
M
M
M

Displays the slope factor of the approximate
expression of the drum
surface potential to the
main charger grid voltage at the open-loop
control.
Displays the offset factor of the approximate
expression of the drum
surface potential to the
main charger grid voltage at the open-loop
control.

M
M
M
M
M

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Displays the slope factor of the approximate
expression of the drum
exposure voltage to the
main charger grid voltage at the open-loop
control.

10
10
10
10

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 79

2

Code
1808-0

Classification
Image
control

1808-1
1808-2

Items
Drum exposure voltage
characteristic/
offset factor
display (main
charger grid
low voltage
area)

1808-3
1809-0
1809-1

Image
control

1809-2
1809-3
1810-0

Image
control

1810-1
1810-2

Drum exposure voltage
characteristic/
slope factor
display (main
charger grid
high voltage
area)
Drum exposure voltage
characteristic/
offset factor
display (main
charger grid
high voltage
area)

1810-3
1811-0
1811-1

Image
control

Contrast voltage/upper
limit actual
value display

1811-2
1811-3
1812-0
1812-1
1812-2
1812-3

Image
control

Contrast voltage/lower limit
actual value
display

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Y
ALL
35
<-999999>
M
ALL
35
<-999999>
C
ALL
35
<-999999>
K
ALL
42
<-999999>
Y
ALL
49
<0-999>
M
ALL
49
<0-999>
C
ALL
49
<0-999>
K
ALL
53
<0-999>
Y
ALL
41
<-999999>
M
ALL
41
<-999999>
C
ALL
41
<-999999>
K
ALL
47
<-999999>
Y
ALL
500
<0-999>
M
ALL
500
<0-999>
C
ALL
500
<0-999>
K
ALL
600
<0-999>
Y
ALL
120
<0-999>
M
ALL
120
<0-999>
C
ALL
120
<0-999>
K
ALL
120
<0-999>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 80

RAM

Contents

M

Displays the offset factor of the approximate
expression of the drum
exposure voltage to the
main charger grid voltage at the open-loop
control.

M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

M

10
10
10
10

Displays the slope factor of the approximate
expression of the drum
exposure voltage to the
main charger grid voltage at the open-loop
control.
Displays the offset factor of the approximate
expression of the drum
exposure voltage to the
main charger grid voltage at the open-loop
control.

M
M

Procedur
e

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Displays the upper limit
value of the contrast
voltage when printing is
operated. (Unit: V)

10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the lower limit
value of the contrast
voltage when printing is
operated. (Unit: V)

10
10

M

10

M

10

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

1817

Image
control

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Display of
Y
ALL
170
background
<0-999>
voltage/upper
M
ALL
170
limit actual
<0-999>
value
C
ALL
170
<0-999>
K
ALL
170
<0-999>
Background
Y
ALL
80
voltage/lower
<0-999>
limit actual
M
ALL
80
value display
<0-999>
C
ALL
80
<0-999>
K
ALL
80
<0-999>
Contrast voltY
ALL
0
age/correc<0-255>
tion number of
M
ALL
0
time display
<0-255>
C
ALL
0
<0-255>
K
ALL
0
<0-255>
Laser power
Y
ALL
0
correction/
<0-255>
number of
M
ALL
0
time display
<0-255>
C
ALL
0
<0-255>
K
ALL
0
<0-255>
Laser power actual value
PPC
92
display
(black) <0-255>

1819

Image
control

Laser power correcting fac- PPC
tor
(black)

1820

Image
control

Laser power actual value
display

1821

Image
control

Laser power correcting fac- PRT
tor
(black)

Code
1813-0
1813-1

Classification
Image
control

1813-2
1813-3
1814-0
1814-1

Image
control

1814-2
1814-3
1815-0
1815-1

Image
control

1815-2
1815-3
1816-0
1816-1

Image
control

1816-2
1816-3

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

PRT
(black)

RAM

Contents

M

Displays the upper limit
value of the background
voltage when printing is
operated. (Unit: V)

M

Procedur
e
10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M

Displays the lower limit
value of the background
voltage when printing is
operated. (Unit: V)

10
10

M

10

M

10

M
M
M

Displays the actual
number of time the contrast voltage has been
corrected at the closedloop control.

M
M
M
M

100
<100255>
92
<0-255>

M

100
<100255>

M

M

10
10
10

Displays the actual
number of time the
laser power has been
corrected at the closedloop control.

M
M

10

10
10
10
10

Displays the laser
power value when
copying in the Black
Mode. (Bit value)
Perform the correction
of the setting 05-1817.
(Unit: %)
Displays the laser
power value when printing in the Black Mode.
(Bit value)
Perform the correction
of the setting 05-1820.
(Unit: %)

2

1
2

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 81

2

Code

Classification

1822-0

Transfer

1822-1
1822-2
1822-3
1822-4
1823-0

Transfer

1823-1
1823-2
1823-3
1825-0

Transfer

1825-1
1825-2
1825-3
1826-0

Transfer

1826-1
1827-0

Transfer

1827-1
1828-0

Transfer

1828-1
1829-0
1829-1
1829-2

Transfer

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
2nd transfer
Plain
ALL
92
roller bias corpaper
<0-255>
rection of trailThick
ALL
88
ing edge of
paper 1
<0-255>
paper
Thick
ALL
90
paper 2
<0-255>
Thick
ALL
90
paper 3
<0-255>
OHP film
ALL
90
<0-255>
Display of
Single
ALL
162
intermediate
side
(black) <0-255>
level of 2nd
Reverse
ALL
139
transfer roller
side at
(black) <0-255>
bias actual
duplexing
value of trailSingle
ALL
150
ing edge of
side
(color) <0-255>
paper
Reverse
ALL
133
(Plain paper)
side at
(color) <0-255>
duplexing
Display of
Single
ALL
149
intermediate
side
(black) <0-255>
level of 2nd
Reverse
ALL
127
transfe rroller
side at
(black) <0-255>
bias actual
duplexing
value of trailSingle
ALL
133
ing edge of
side
(color) <0-255>
paper
Reverse
ALL
121
(Thick paper
side
at
(color)
<0-255>
1)
duplexing
Display of intermediate
ALL
157
level of 2nd transfer roller
(black) <0-255>
bias actual value of trailing
ALL
154
edge of paper
(color) <0-255>
(Thick paper 2)
Display of intermediate
ALL
137
level of 2nd transfer roller
(black) <0-255>
bias actual value of trailing
ALL
137
edge of paper
(color) <0-255>
(Thick paper 3)
Display of intermediate
ALL
126
level of 2nd transfer roller
(black) <0-255>
bias actual value of trailing
ALL
126
edge of paper (OHP film)
(color) <0-255>
1st transfer
Thick
ALL
80
roller bias corpaper 2
<0-100>
rection at
Thick
ALL
80
deceleration
paper 3
<0-100>
OHP film
ALL
80
<0-100>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 82

RAM

Contents

M

Corrects the 2nd transfer roller bias output of
the trailing edge of
paper (05-227, 229,
230, 231 and 232).
Correction factor: %

M
M

Procedur
e
14
14
14

M

14

M

14

M
M
M

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when the actual printing
is operated.
(The value corrected in
05-1822 is displayed.)

10
10
10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M
M
M

Corrects the 1st transfer roller bias output.
Correction factor: %

14
14
14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1831

Transfer

1832

Transfer

1833

Transfer

1836

Transfer

1839-0

Transfer

1839-1

1840-0

Transfer

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
1st transfer roller bias
ALL
187
actual value display at
(black) <0-255>
deceleration
(Thick paper 2)
1st transfer roller bias
ALL
187
actual value display at
(black) <0-255>
deceleration
(Thick paper 3)
1st transfer roller bias
ALL
187
actual value display at
(black) <0-255>
deceleration
(OHP film)
1st transfer roller bias
ALL
178
actual value display in low- (color) <0-255>
speed color printing
(Plain paper / Thick paper
1)

2nd transfer
roller bias correction of
leading/trailing edge of
paper
(Tab paper)

Intermediate level
bias of
trailing
edge
Bias of
leading/
trailing
edge
2nd transfer roller bias
output adjustment
(Tab paper)

1840-1

1841-0

Transfer

1841-1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2nd transfer roller bias
offsetting adjustment
(Tab paper)

RAM

Contents

M

Displays the value of
1st transfer roller bias
at deceleration when
the actual printing is
operated.
(The value corrected in
05-1829 is displayed.)

M

M

M

ALL

100
<0-100>

M

ALL

90
<0-100>

M

ALL
(black)

153
<0-187>

M

ALL
(color)

150
<0-187>

M

ALL
(black)

5
<0-10>

M

ALL
(color)

5
<0-10>

M

Procedur
e
2

2

2

Displays the actual
value of the 1st transfer
roller bias when the
transfers of all colors (Y,
M, C and K) have finished.
This adjustment is valid
only when the value of
the code 08-497 is 1
(6 pages/minute).
Corrects the 2nd transfer roller bias output of
leading/trailing edge of
paper (05-1840).
(Correcting factor: %)

As the value decreases,
the 2nd transfer roller
bias output increases
correspondingly.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08-544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
Sets the offset amount
of 2nd transfer roller
bias.
0: -500V
1: -400V
2: -300V
3: -200V
4: -100V
5: 0V
6: +100V
7: +200V
8: +300V
9: +400V
10: +500V

2

14

14

14

14

4

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 83

2

Code

Classification

1842-0

Transfer

1842-1

1842-2

1842-3

1845-0

Transfer

1845-1

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
Actual value
IntermediALL
153
display of 2nd
ate level (black) <0-225>
transfer roller
bias of
bias
trailing
of leading/
edge
trailing
Bias of
ALL
157
edge of paper
leading/
(black) <0-225>
(Tab paper)
trailing
edge
IntermediALL
150
ate level
(color) <0-225>
bias of
trailing
edge
Bias of
ALL
154
leading/
(color) <0-225>
trailing
edge
2nd transfer roller bias
ALL
153
actual value display
(black) <0-187>
(Tab paper)
ALL
150
(color) <0-187>
1st transfer roller bias
ALL
400
actual value display
<300(Tab paper)
800>

1847

Transfer

1848

Transfer

1st transfer bias resistance detection control
Result value display

1849

Transfer

1850-0

Transfer

1850-1

M

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
on the leading/trailing
edge of paper when
printing is performed.
(The value corrected in
05-1839 is displayed.)

M

10

M
M
M

ALL
(black)

154
<0-225>

M

1st transfer
roller bias output adjustment

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(black)

138
<0-225>
143
<0-225>
154
<0-225>
154
<0-225>
154
<0-225>

M

1850-3

K
1st transfer roller bias RMS
value display

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 84

10

M

1st transfer roller bias output adjustment

M

10

10

M

Y

Procedur
e

M

<0-9999>

C

Transfer

Contents

ALL

1850-2

1861

RAM

M
M
M
M

Displays the value of
2nd transfer roller bias
when printing is operated.

10

The drum surface
potential at the 1st
transfer bias resistance
detection control is
adjusted.
[Unit: V]
The result value of the
1st transfer bias resistance detection control
is displayed.
[Unit: V]
When the value
decreases, the 1st
transfer roller bias output increases.
This setting is enabled
when "0" (disabled) is
set at the codes 08541, -549 and -551.
When the value
decreases, the 1st
transfer roller bias output increases.
This setting is enabled
when "0" (disabled) is
set at the codes 08541, -549 and -551.

1

The RMS value of the
1st transfer roller bias
at the time of printing is
displayed.

2

10

2

1

4
4
4
4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1862-0

Transfer

1862-1
1862-2
1862-3
1863

Transfer

1864

Transfer

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Func- 
1st transfer
Y
ALL
138
roller bias
(color) <0-225>
RMS value
M
ALL
143
display
(color) <0-225>
C
ALL
154
(color) <0-225>
K
ALL
154
(color) <0-225>
1st transfer roller bias
ALL
5
resistance detection Cur<0-10>
rent offset adjustment

1st transfer roller bias correction at low-speed color
printing

ALL
(color)

100
<0-100>

RAM

Contents

M

The RMS value of the
1st transfer roller bias
at the time of printing is
displayed.

M

Procedur
e
10
10

M

10

M

10

M

M

The current offset
amount of the 1st transfer roller bias resistance
detection is adjusted.
0: -10 1: -8 2: -6
3: -4 4: -2 5: 0
6: +2 7: +4 8: +6
9: +8 10: +10
[Unit: A]
The 1st transfer roller
bias output after the
completion of transfer
of all colors (Y, M, C
and K) is corrected.
This setting is enabled
when "1" (6 sheets/
minute) is set at the
code 08-497.

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 85

2

2.2.5

Setting mode (08)

The items in the setting code list can be set or changed in this setting mode (08).
When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the
[ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.
Procedure 1
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ
Í»¬- ±®
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«»

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
±®
øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

*

Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).

Procedure 2
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
±®
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
ß¼¶«-¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»
½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 3
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
±®
øß«¬±³¿¬·½ -»¬¬·²¹÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 4
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

*

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
±®
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
ö ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«»
Í»¬- ±®
·² ÎßÓ÷
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«»

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 86

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedure 5
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
öÅØÛÔÐÃ
Í»¬- ±®
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«»

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
±®
øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

2
*

Press [HELP] to enter "-".

Procedure 7
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÍ»¬¬·²¹÷

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
øØÜÜ º±®³¿¬¬·²¹÷
±®
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 9
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
±®
øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

ÅÍ»´»½¬ ¾«¬¬±²Ã

Procedure 10
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øï-¬ -»¬¬·²¹÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
±®
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÛ¨·¬÷
øÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øî²¼ -»¬¬·²¹÷

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 87

Procedure 11 and 12
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
±®
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
öîøÍ¬±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÍ±º¬©¿®» µ»§¾±¿®¼Ã
öï ÅÓÑÒ×ÌÑÎñÐßËÍÛÃ
Í»¬- ±®
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«» ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

*1 Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter "-", when entering telephone number.
*2 The data are stored in SYS-RAM in procedure 11 and stored in NIC-RAM
in procedure 12.
Procedure 14
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øÝ±®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 88

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
±®
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÛ¨·¬÷

ß¼¶«-¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»
½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Notes:
1. The digit after the hyphen in Code of the following table is a sub code.
2. In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. M
stands for the LGC board, SYS, NIC and UTY stands for the SYS board.
Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
<13 digits>

Code

Classification

200

General

Date and time setting

201

General

Destination selection

ALL

202

User
interface

Counter installed externally

ALL

203

General

Line adjustment mode

ALL

0
<0-1>

M

204

User
interface

Auto-clear timer setting

ALL

3
<0-10>

SYS

205

User
interface

ALL

11
<0, 6-15>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items

Auto power save mode
timer setting

EUR: 0
UC: 1
JPN: 2
<0-3>
0
<0-4>

RAM

Contents

-

Year/month/date/day/
hour/minute/second
Example:
03 07 0 13 13 27 48
Day - 0 is for Sunday. Proceeds Monday
through Saturday from
1 to 6.
0: EUR
1: UC
2: JPN
3: Other
0: No external counter
1: Coin controller
2: Copy key card
3: Key copy counter
4: Key card for OEM1
0: For factory shipment
1: For line
* Field: 0 must be
selected
Timer to return the
equipment to the
default settings when
the [START] button is
not pressed after the
function and the mode
are set
0: Not cleared
1 to 10:
Set number x 15
sec.
Timer to automatically
switch to the energy
saving mode when the
equipment has not
been used
0: Invalid 6: 3min.
7: 4min. 8: 5min.
9: 7min.
10: 10min.
11: 15min.
12: 20min.
13: 30min.
14: 45min.
15: 60min.

M

M

Procedur
e
5

1

1

1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 89

2

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Auto Shut Off Mode timer
ALL
Refer to
setting (Sleep Mode)
content
<0-20>

206

User
interface

207

User
interface

Highlighting display on
LCD

209

User
interface

210

RAM

Contents

SYS

Timer to enter the Sleep
Mode automatically
when the equipment
has not been used
0: 3min. 1: 5min.
2: 10min. 3: 15min.
4: 20min. 5: 25min.
6: 30min. 7: 40min.
8: 50min. 9: 60min.
10: 70min.
11: 80min.
12: 90min.
13: 100min.
14: 110min.
15: 120min.
16: 150min.
17:180min.
18: 210min.
19:240min.
20: Not used

e-STUDIO281c: 9
e-STUDIO351c: 9
e-STUDIO451c: 12
0: Black letter on white
background
1: White letter on black
background
0: TIFF (Multi)
1: PDF (Multi)
2: Not used
3: TIFF (Single)
4: PDF (Single)

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Default setting of filing format when E-mailing (common in all color modes)

ALL
(color)

1
<0-4>

SYS

Paper
feeding

Paper size (A6-R)
feeding/widthwise direction

PRT

-

218

User
interface

Default setting of filing format when storing files
(at color/ACS modes)

SCN
(color)

148/105
<148432/105297>
1
<0-4>

219

User
interface

Default setting of filing format when storing files
(at black mode)

ALL
(black)

0
<0-4>

SYS

220

User
interface

Language displayed at
power-ON

ALL

EUR: 0
UC: 0
JPN: 5
<0-6>

SYS

221

User
interface

Language selection in UI
data at Web power ON

ALL

EUR: 0
UC: 0
JPN: 5
<0-6>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 90
05/11

SYS

0:
1:
3:
4:
0:
1:
3:
4:
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

TIFF (Multi)
PDF (Multi) 2: JPG
TIFF (Single)
PDF (Single)
TIFF (Multi)
PDF (Multi) 2: JPG
TIFF (Single)
PDF (Single)
Language 1
Language 2
Language 3
Language 4
Language 5
Language 6
Language 7
Language 1
Language 2
Language 3
Language 4
Language 5
Language 6
Language 7

Procedur
e
1

1

1

10

1

1

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
223

224

Classification
Maintenance

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Switching of output pages/
ALL
0
driving counts at PM
<0-1>

RAM

Contents

M

Selects the reference to
notify the PM timing.
(The message is displayed on the LCD
screen.)
0: PM counter (The
number of output
pages is set at 08251.)
1: PM time counter
(The timing is set at
08-375.)
Press the button on the
LCD to select the size.
Press the button on the
LCD to select the size.

Paper
feeding
Paper
feeding

Paper size for bypass feed

PPC

UNDEF

SYS

Paper size for upper
drawer

ALL

M

226

Paper
feeding

Paper size for lower
drawer

ALL

227

Paper
feeding

Paper size for PFP upper
drawer

ALL

228

Paper
feeding

Paper size for PFP lower
drawer

ALL

229

Paper
feeding

Paper size (A3)
feeding/widthwise direction

ALL

230

Paper
feeding

Paper size (A4-R)
feeding/widthwise direction

ALL

231

Paper
feeding

Paper size (A5-R)
feeding/widthwise direction

ALL

232

Paper
feeding

Paper size (B4)
feeding/widthwise direction

ALL

233

Paper
feeding

Paper size (B5-R)
feeding/widthwise direction

ALL

234

Paper
feeding

Paper size (LT-R)
feeding/widthwise direction

ALL

235

Paper
feeding

Paper size (LD)
feeding/widthwise direction

ALL

EUR: A4
UC: LT
JPN: A4
EUR: A3
UC: LD
JPN: A3
EUR:
A4-R
UC:
LT-R
JPN:
A4-R
EUR: A4
UC: LG
JPN: B4
420/297
<182432/140297>
297/210
<182432/140297>
210/148
<182432/140297>
364/257
<182432/140297>
257/182
<182432/140297>
279/216
<182432/140297>
432/279
<182432/140297>

225

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
1

2

9
9

M

Press the button on the
LCD to select the size.

9

M

Press the button on the
LCD to select the size.

9

M

Press the button on the
LCD to select the size.

9

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 91

Code

Classification

236

Paper
feeding

237

Paper
feeding

238

Paper
feeding

239

Paper
feeding

240

Paper
feeding

241

Paper
feeding

242

Paper
feeding

243

Paper
feeding

244

Paper
feeding

245

Paper
feeding

246

Paper
feeding

247

Paper
feeding

248

Paper
feeding

249

Paper
feeding

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Paper size (LG)
ALL
356/216
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (ST-R)
ALL
216/140
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (COMPUTER)
ALL
356/257
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (FOLIO)
ALL
330/210
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (13LG)
ALL
330/216
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (8.5X8.5)
ALL
216/216
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (Non-standard)
ALL
432/279
feeding/widthwise direction
<148432/105297>
Memory 1
ALL
148/100
Paper size (bypass feed<148ing/non-standard type)
432/100feeding/widthwise direction
297>
Paper size (8K)
ALL
390/270
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (16K-R)
ALL
270/195
feeding/widthwise direction
<182432/140297>
Paper size (A3-wide)
ALL
457/305
feeding/widthwise direction
<182457/140305>
Memory 2
ALL
148/100
Paper size (bypass feed<148ing/non-standard type)
432/100feeding/widthwise direction
297>
Memory 3
ALL
148/100
Paper size (bypass feed<148ing/non-standard type)
432/100feeding/widthwise direction
297>
Memory 4
ALL
148/100
Paper size (bypass feed<148ing/non-standard type)
432/100feeding/widthwise direction
297>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 92

RAM

Contents

Procedur
e

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

M

10

SYS

10

SYS

M

Registers the paper
size of bypass feed
(non-standard type) into
[MEMORY 1].

10

10

M

10

M

10

SYS

SYS

SYS

Registers the paper
size of bypass feed
(non-standard type) into
[MEMORY 2].
Registers the paper
size of bypass feed
(non-standard type) into
[MEMORY 3].
Registers the paper
size of bypass feed
(non-standard type) into
[MEMORY 4].

10

10

10

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
250

Classification
Maintenance

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Service technician teleALL
0
phone number
<32 digits>

Contents

SYS

A telephone number
can be entered up to 32
digits. Use the [MONITOR/PAUSE] button to
enter a hyphen(-).

e-STUDIO281c
UC, EUR:
100,000 JPN: 0
e-STUDIO351c
UC, EUR:
120,000 JPN: 0
e-STUDIO451c
UC, EUR:
150,000 JPN: 0
Counts up when the
registration sensor is
ON.
Displays the latest 20
errors data
Sets whether the data is
printed on the different
but similar size paper or
not when the paper of
corresponding size is
not available.
0: Valid (The data is
printed on A4/A3
when LT/LD is
selected or vice
versa.)
1: Invalid (The message to use the
selected paper size
is displayed.)
0: Automatic
1: PFP single-drawer
type installed
2: PFP dual-drawer
type installed
3: LCF installed
4: Not installed
Press the icon on the
LCD to select the size.

11

1: Electrical counter Æ
Backup counter
SRAM)
(NVRAM
2: Backup counter Æ
Electrical counter
NVRAM)
(SRAM
(P. 2-207)

-

251

Maintenance

Setting value of PM
counter

ALL

Refer to
content
<8 digits>

M

252

Maintenance

Current value of PM
counter Display/0 clearing

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

253

Maintenance
Paper
feeding

Error history display

ALL

-

SYS

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

254

LT

A4/LD

A3

255

Paper
feeding

PFP/LCF installation

ALL

0
<0-4>

M

256

Paper
feeding

Paper size setting /LCF

ALL

M

257

Counter

Counter copy

ALL

EUR: A4
UC: LT
JPN: A4
<1-2>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e

RAM

-

2
1

1
2
1

1

9

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 93
06/08

Code

Classification

Items

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
1
<0-2>

Contents

SYS

SYS

Sets whether the FSMS
connection is accepted
or not.
0: Prohibited
1: Accepted (serial
connection only)
2: Accepted (both
serial and USB connections)
0: No limits
1 to 30: 1 to 30 days
31: 1 hour
32: 2 hours
33: 4 hours
34: 8 hours
35: 12 hours
When a certain period
of time has passed
without operation after
accessing TopAccess,
the data being registered is automatically
reset. This period is set
at this code.
(Unit: Minute)
The password can be
entered in alphabets
and figures (A-Z, a-z
and 0-9) within 10 digits.
0: No limits
1 to 999: 1 to 999 days
2 to 30 M bytes

SYS

2 to 30 M bytes

1

SYS

Sets the file retention
level when editing the
files in the Electronic
Filing (at CutDoc/SaveDoc command execution).
0: Not full retained
1: Fully retained
 Retains the source
file until CutDoc/
SaveDoc command
is completed.
* The file is not
deleted even if the
HDD has become
full during the execution of command
when 1 is set.

1

258

Maintenance

FSMS acceptance

259

Network

Storage period at trail and
private

PRT

14
<0-35>

SYS

260

Network

Web data retention period

ALL

10
<3 digits>

SYS

263

User
interface

Administrator's password
(Maximum 10 digits)

ALL

123456
<10 digits>

-

264

Network

File retention period

ALL

SYS

265

Network

ALL

266

Network

267

Electronic
filing

Maximum data capacity at
E-mailing
Maximum data capacity at
Internet FAX
Full guarantee of documents in Electronic Filing
when HDD is full

30
<0-999>
30
<2-30>
30
<2-30>
1
<0-1>

ALL
ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 94
06/08

Procedur
e

RAM

1

1

1

11

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
268

Classification
User
interface

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Binarizing level selection
ALL
3
(When judging as black in
<1-5>
the ACS Mode)

RAM
SYS

270

Electronic
filing

Default setting of user box
retention period

ALL

0
<0-999>

SYS

271

General

Warning notification of the
File Share and e-Filling
partitions are filled

ALL

90
<0-100>

SYS

272

Scanning Notification setting of Email saving time limit

ALL

3
<0-99>

SYS

273

Scanning Default setting of partial
size when transmitting Email

ALL

0
<0-6>

SYS

ALL

0
<0-4>

SYS

274

FAX

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Default setting of page by
page when transmitting
Internet FAX

Contents
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
*

Step -2
Step -1
Step 0 (center)
Step 1
Step 2
The binarizing level
of each step is set
at 08-609.
Sets the data retention
period when creating a
user box.
0: Not deleted
1 to 999:
Retention period
(Unit: Day)
Sets the percentage of
HDD partition filled
when warning notification is sent.
0 to 100: 0 to 100%
* Related code
08-288
Sets the days left the
notification of E-mail
saving time limit
appears
0 to 99: 0 to 99 days
Sets the default value
for the partial size of Email to be transmitted
when creating a template.
0: Not divided
1: 64
2: 128
3: 256
4: 512
5: 1024
6: 2048 (Unit: KB)
Sets the default value
for the page by page of
Internet FAX to be
transmitted when creating a template.
0: Not divided
1: 256
2: 512
3: 1024
4: 2048 (Unit: KB)

Procedur
e
1

2

1

1

1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 95
05/11

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Default setting of density
SCN
0
adjustment (Black)
(black)
<0-11>

RAM

276

User
interface

277

User
interface

Default setting of background adjustment
(Full Color)

SCN
(color)

3
<1-5>

SYS

278

User
interface

Default setting of color
mode

SCN

0
<0-4>

SYS

279

User
interface

Default setting of resolution
(Full Color)

SCN
(color)

2
<0-3>

SYS

280

User
interface

Default setting of resolution
(Gray Scale)

SCN
(black)

2
<0-4>

SYS

281

User
interface

Default setting of resolution
(Black)

SCN
(black)

1
<0-4>

SYS

282

User
interface

Default setting of original
mode (Full Color)

SCN
(color)

0
<0-2>

SYS

283

User
interface

Default setting of original
mode (Black)

SCN
(black)

0
<0-2>

SYS

284

User
interface

Default setting of scanning
mode

SCN

0
<0-2>

SYS

285

User
interface

Default setting of rotation
mode

SCN

0
<0-3>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 96

SYS

Contents
0: Automatic density
1: Step -5
2: Step -4
3: Step -3
4: Step -2
5: Step -1
6: Step 0 (center)
7: Step +1
8: Step +2
9: Step +3
10: Step +4
11: Step +5
(1 to 11: Manual density)
1: Step -2
2: Step -1
3: Step 0 (center)
4: Step +1
5: Step +2
0: Black
1: Gray Scale
2: Unused
3: Full Color
4: Auto Color
0: 100 dpi
1: 150 dpi
2: 200 dpi
3: 300dpi
0: 100 dpi
1: 150 dpi
2: 200 dpi
3: 300dpi
4: 400 dpi
0: 150 dpi
1: 200 dpi
2: 300 dpi
3: 400dpi
4: 600 dpi
0: Text
1: Photo
2: Printed Image
0: Text
1: Text/Photo
2: Photo
0: Single
1: Book
2: Tablet
0: 0 degree
1: 90 degrees
2: 180 degrees
3: 270 degrees

Procedur
e
1

1

1

1

1

1

1
1
1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
286

Classification
User
interface

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Default setting of original
ALL
0
paper size
<0-22>

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: Automatic
1: A3
2: A4
3: LD
4: LT
5: A4-R 6: A5-R
7: LT-R
8: LG
9: B4
10: B5
11: ST-R 12: COMP
13: B5-R 14: FOLIO
15: 13"LG 16: 8.5"x 8.5"
18: A6-R
19: Size mixed
20: 8K
21: 16K
22: 16K-R
Sets the search interval of deleting expired
files and checking
capacity of HDD partitions.
(Unit: Hour)
* Related code
08-271
1: Step -2
2: Step -1
3: Step 0 (center)
4: Step +1
5: Step +2
0: Valid
1: Invalid
0: LD
1: LG
2: LT
3: COMP
4: ST
5: A3
6: A4
7: A5
8: A6
9: B4
10: B5
11: FOLIO
12: 13 "LG
13: 8.5" x 8.5"
0: Plain paper
1: Thick paper 1
2: Thick paper 2
3: Thick paper 3
4: OHP film
5: Tab paper
0: Portrait
1: Landscape
0: Valid
1: Invalid
0: Inner tray
1: Finisher tray 1
2: Finisher tray 2
3: Unused
4: Unused
5: Unused
6: Unused

288

General

Searching interval of deleting expired files and checking capacity of HDD
partitions

ALL

12
<1-24>

SYS

289

User
interface

Default setting of background adjustment
(Gray Scale)

ALL

3
<1-5>

SYS

290

Network

Raw printing job (Duplex)

PRT

SYS

291

Network

Raw printing job
(Paper size)

PRT

1
<0-1>
EUR: 6
UC: 2
JPN: 6
<0 -13>

292

Network

Raw printing job
(Paper type)

PRT

0
<0-5>

SYS

293

Network

PRT

Network

PRT

295

Network

Raw printing job (Exit tray)

PRT

0
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
0
<0-6>

SYS

294

Raw printing job
(Paper direction)
Raw printing job (Staple)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

SYS

SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
1

2

1

1

1
1

1

1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 97
05/11

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PRT
1200
<50012800>

Code

Classification

296

Network

Raw printing job
(Number of form lines)

297

Network

Raw printing job
(PCL font pitch)

PRT

1000
<449999>

SYS

298

Network

Raw printing job
(PCL font size)

PRT

1200
<40099975>

SYS

299

Network

PRT

User
interface
Counter

0
<0-79>
0
<0-2>
0
<8 digits>

SYS

300

Raw printing job
(PCL font number)
Maximum number of copy
volume (MAX9)
Number of
A3
output pages
A4
at Full Color
A5
Mode in
A6
Copier FuncB4
tion
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
Original counter display

EUR: 2
UC: 0
JPN: 0
<0, 2, 4>

301-0
301-1
301-2
301-3
301-4
301-5
301-6
301-7
301-8
301-9
301-10
301-11
301-12
301-13
301-14
301-15
301-16
302

User
interface

Items

PPC
PPC
(color)

PPC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 98

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Sets the number of
form lines from 5 to
128. (A hundredfold of
the number of form
lines is defined as the
setting value.)
Sets the font pitch from
0.44 to 99.99. (A hundredfold of the font
pitch is defined as the
setting value.)
Sets the font size from
4 to 999.75.
(A hundredfold of the
font size is defined as
the setting value.)
Sets the PCL font number.
0: 999 1: 99 2: 9

1

SYS

Counts the output
pages at the Full Color
Mode in the Copier
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of largesized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

SYS

Sets whether the original counter is displayed or not.
0: Not displayed
2: Displayed
4: Displayed (Doublesized original is
counted as 2.)

1

SYS

1

1

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
303-0
303-1
303-2
303-3
303-4
303-5
303-6
303-7
303-8
303-9
303-10
303-11
303-12
303-13
303-14
303-15
303-16
304-0
304-1
304-2
304-3
304-4
304-5
304-6
304-7
304-8
304-9
304-10
304-11
304-12
304-13
304-14
304-15
304-16

Classification
Counter

Counter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Number of
output pages
at Full Color
Mode in
Printer Function

Number of
output pages
at Twin Color
Mode in
Copier Function

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PRT
0
(color) <8 digits>

A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the output
pages at the Full Color
Mode in the Printer
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of largesized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

Counts the output
pages at the Twin Color
Mode in the Copier
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of largesized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

SYS

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 99

Code
305-0
305-1
305-2
305-3
305-4
305-5
305-6
305-7
305-8
305-9
305-10
305-11
305-12
305-13
305-14
305-15
305-16
306-0
306-1
306-2
306-3
306-4
306-5
306-6
306-7
306-8
306-9
306-10
306-11
306-12
306-13
306-14
306-15
306-16

Classification

Items

Counter

Number of
output pages
at Black Mode
in Copier
Function

Counter

Number of
output pages
at Black Mode
in Printer
Function

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 100

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the output
pages at the Black
Mode in the Copier
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of large-sized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

SYS

Counts the output
pages at the Black
Mode in the Printer
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of large-sized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
307-0
307-1
307-2
307-3
307-4
307-5
307-6
307-7
307-8
307-9
307-10
307-11
307-12
307-13
307-14
307-15
307-16
308-0
308-1
308-2
308-3
308-4
308-5
308-6
308-7
308-8
308-9
308-10
308-11
308-12
308-13
308-14
308-15
308-16

Classification
Counter

Counter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Number of
output pages
at List Print
Mode

Number of
output pages
in FAX Function

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others

FAX

0
<8 digits>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the output
pages at the List Print
Mode for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of large-sized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
largesized paper (08353).

4

Counts the output
pages in the FAX Function for each paper size
according to the setting
for the count setting of
large-sized paper (08352) and the definition
setting of large-sized
paper (08-353).

4

SYS

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 101

Code
309-0
309-1
309-2
309-3
309-4
309-5
309-6
309-7
309-8
309-9
309-10
309-11
309-12
309-13
309-14
309-15
309-16
310-0
310-1
310-2
310-3
310-4
310-5
310-6
310-7
310-8
310-9
310-10
310-11
310-12
310-13
310-14
310-15
310-16

Classification

Items

Counter

Number of
scanning
pages at Full
Color Mode in
Copier Function

Counter

Number of
scanning
pages at Full
Color Mode in
Scanning
Function

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>

A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others

SCN
(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 102

0
<8 digits>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the scanning
pages at the Full Color
Mode in the Copier
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of large-sized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

SYS

Counts the scanning
pages at the Full Color
Mode in the Scanning
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of large-sized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
311-0
311-1
311-2
311-3
311-4
311-5
311-6
311-7
311-8
311-9
311-10
311-11
311-12
311-13
311-14
311-15
311-16
312-0
312-1
312-2
312-3
312-4
312-5
312-6
312-7
312-8
312-9
312-10
312-11
312-12
312-13
312-14
312-15
312-16

Classification
Counter

Counter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Number of
scanning
pages at Twin
Color Mode in
Copier Function

Number of
scanning
pages at
Black Mode in
Copier Function

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>

A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the scanning
pages at the Twin Color
Mode in the Copier
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of large-sized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

Counts the scanning
pages at the Black
Mode in the Copier
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of largesized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

SYS

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 103

Code
313-0
313-1
313-2
313-3
313-4
313-5
313-6
313-7
313-8
313-9
313-10
313-11
313-12
313-13
313-14
313-15
313-16
314-0
314-1
314-2
314-3
314-4
314-5
314-6
314-7
314-8
314-9
314-10
314-11
314-12
314-13
314-14
314-15
314-16

Classification

Items

Counter

Number of
scanning
pages in
Scanning
Function

Counter

Number of
scanning
pages in FAX
Function

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
SCN
0
(black) <8 digits>

A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others

FAX

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 104

0
<8 digits>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the scanning
pages at the Black
Mode in the Scanning
Function for each paper
size according to the
setting for the count
setting of largesized
paper (08-352) and the
definition setting of
large-sized paper (08353).

4

SYS

Counts the scanning
pages in the FAX Function for each paper size
according to the setting
for the count setting of
large-sized paper (08352) and the definition
setting of largesized
paper (08-353).

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
315-0
315-1
315-2
315-3
315-4
315-5
315-6
315-7
315-8
315-9
315-10
315-11
315-12
315-13
315-14
315-15
315-16
316-0
316-1
316-2
316-3
316-4
316-5
316-6
316-7
316-8
316-9
316-10
316-11
316-12
316-13
316-14
316-15
316-16

Classification
Counter

Counter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Number of
transmitted
pages in FAX
Function

Number of
received
pages in FAX
Function

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
FAX
0
<8 digits>

A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others
A3
A4
A5
A6
B4
B5
FOLIO
LD
LG
LT
ST
COMP
13LG
8.5 x 8.5
16K
8K
Others

FAX

0
<8 digits>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the transmitted
pages in the FAX Function for each paper size
according to the setting
for the count setting of
large-sized paper (08352) and the definition
setting of largesized
paper (08-353).

4

Counts the received
pages in the FAX Function for each paper size
according to the setting
for the count setting of
large-sized paper (08352) and the definition
setting of largesized
paper (08-353).

4

SYS

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 105

Code

Classification

317-0

Counter

317-1

Counter

317-2

Counter

318-0

Counter

318-1

Counter

318-2

Counter

319-0

Counter

319-1

Counter

319-2

Counter

Items
Display of
number of
output pages
at Full Color
Mode in
Copier Function

Large

Display of
number of
output pages
at Full Color
Mode in
Printer Function

Large

Display of
number of
output pages
at Twin Color
Mode in
Copier Function

Large

Small
Total

Small
Total

Small
Total

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages at the Full
Color Mode in the
Copier Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
output pages at the Full
Color Mode in the
Printer Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
output pages at the
Twin Color Mode in the
Copier Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.

SYS
SYS

PRT
(color)
PRT
(color)
PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

SYS

PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 106

SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14

14
14
14

14
14
14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

320-0

Counter

320-1

Counter

320-2

Counter

321-0

Counter

321-1

Counter

321-2

Counter

322-0

Counter

322-1

Counter

322-2

Counter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Display of
number of
output pages
at Black Mode
in Copier
Function

Large

Display of
number of
output pages
at Black Mode
in Printer
Function

Large

Display of
number of
output pages
at List Print
Mode

Large

Small
Total

Small
Total

Small
Total

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages at the
Black Mode in the
Copier Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
output pages at the
Black Mode in the
Printer Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
output pages at the List
Print Mode Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.

SYS
SYS

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>
PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>
PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>
PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>
PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14

14
14
14

14
14
14

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 107

2

Code

Classification

323-0

Counter

323-1

Counter

323-2

Counter

324-0

Counter

324-1

Counter

324-2

Counter

325-0

Counter

325-1

Counter

325-2

Counter

Items
Display of
number of
output pages
in FAX Function

Large
Small
Total

Display of
number of
scanning
pages at Full
Color Mode in
Copier Function

Large

Display of
number of
scanning
pages at Full
Color Mode in
Scanning
Function

Large

Small
Total

Small
Total

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
FAX
0
<8 digits>
FAX
0
<8 digits>
FAX
0
<8 digits>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages in the FAX
Function according to
its size (large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
scanning pages at the
Full Color Mode in the
Copier Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
scanning pages at the
Full Color Mode in the
Scanning Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.

SYS
SYS

PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

SYS

SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)
SCN
(color)

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 108

SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14

14
14
14

14
14
14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

326-0

Counter

326-1

Counter

326-2

Counter

327-0

Counter

327-1

Counter

327-2

Counter

328-0

Counter

328-1

Counter

328-2

Counter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(color) <8 digits>

Display of
number of
scanning
pages at Twin
Color Mode in
Copier Function

Large

Display of
number of
scanning
pages at
Black Mode in
Copier Function

Large

Display of
number of
scanning
pages in FAX
Function

Large

FAX

Small

FAX

Total

FAX

Small
Total

Small
Total

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>
PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
scanning pages at the
Twin Color Mode in the
Copier Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
scanning pages at the
Black Mode in the
Copier Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
scanning pages in the
FAX Function according
to its size (large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.

SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14

14
14
14

14
14
14

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 109

2

Code

Classification

329-0

Counter

329-1

Counter

329-2

Counter

330-0

Counter

330-1

Counter

330-2

Counter

331

User
interface

Items
Display of
number of
scanning
pages in
Scanning
Function

Display of
number of
transmitted
pages in FAX
Function

Large
Small
Total

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
SCN
0
(black) <8 digits>
SCN
0
(black) <8 digits>
SCN
0
(black) <8 digits>

Large

FAX

Small

FAX

Total

FAX

Default setting of screen

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 110
06/08

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
scanning pages in the
Scanning Function
according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Counts the number of
transmitted pages in the
FAX Function according
to its size (large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Sets the screen to be
displayed after the
auto-clear time has
passed or it has recovered from the energy
saving mode or sleep
mode.
0: Copier 1: Fax
2: Scan 3: Box
4: Job Status
5: Template
6: Custom

SYS
SYS

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

SYS

0
<0-6>

SYS

SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14

14
14
14

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

332-0

Counter

332-1

Counter

332-2

Counter

333-0

Counter

333-1

Counter

333-2

Counter

334-0

Counter

334-1

Counter

334-2

Counter

335-0

Counter

335-1

Counter

335-2

Counter

342

User
interface

Displaying number of
original pages placed on
original glass

343

User
interface

344

Counter

346

Counter

347

Counter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Items
Display of
number of
received
pages in FAX
Function

Large

Display of
total number
of pages at
Full Color
Mode

Large

Small
Total

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
FAX
0
<8 digits>
FAX
0
<8 digits>
FAX
0
<8 digits>

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
received pages in the
FAX Function according
to its size (large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number output pages of all
paper sizes.
Displays the total number of pages at Full
Color Mode in the
Copier/Printer/Scanning Functions.

14

Displays the total number of pages at Twin
Color Mode in the
Copier Function.

14

SYS
SYS

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(black)
ALL
(black)
ALL
(black)
PPC

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<0-1>

SYS

Black-free function

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Count setting of tab paper
(PM)
Count setting of largesized paper (PM)
Definition setting of largesized paper (PM)

ALL

1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>

M

Small
Total

Display of
total number
of pages at
Twin Color
Mode

Large

Display of
total number
of pages at
Black Mode

Large

Small
Total

Small
Total

ALL
ALL

Procedur
e

RAM

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

M
M

14
14

14
14
14

14
14

Displays the total number of pages at Black
Mode in the Copier/
Printer/Scanning/FAX
Functions.

14

This setting is whether
the number of pages of
originals placed on the
original glass is displayed or not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
When "1" (enabled) is
set at this code, "1"
(black) is automatically
set at the code 08-588.
0: Counted as 1
1: Counted as 2
0: Counted as 1
1: Counted as 2
0: A3/LD
1: A3/LD/B4/LG/
FOLIO/COMP

1

14
14

1

1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 111

2

Code

Classification

348

Counter

349

Counter

352

Counter

353

Counter

356

Counter

357

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Count setting of thick paper
ALL
1
(PM)
<0-1>
Count setting of OHP film
ALL
1
(PM)
<0-1>
Count setting of largeALL
JPN: 0
sized paper (Fee charging
OTHER:
system counter)
1
<0-2>

RAM
M
M
M

Definition setting of largesized paper (Fee charging
system counter)
Counter for upper drawer
feeding

ALL

0
<0-1>

M

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

Counter

Counter for lower drawer
feeding

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

358

Counter

Counter for bypass feeding

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

359

Counter

Counter for LCF feeding

ALL

M

360

Counter

Counter for PFP upper
drawer feeding

ALL

0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

370

Counter

Counter for PFP lower
drawer feeding

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

372

Counter

Counter for ADU

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

374

Counter

Counter for RADF

ALL

SYS

375

Maintenance

Setting value of PM time
counter display/0 clearing

ALL

0
<8 digits>
Refer to
content
<8 digits>

376

Maintenance
Counter

Current value of PM time
counter
Setting for counter installed
externally

ALL

0
<8 digits>
1
<0-7>

M

381

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 112

M

M

M

Contents
0:
1:
0:
1:
0:
1:
2:

Counted as 1
Counted as 2
Counted as 1
Counted as 2
Counted as 1
Counted as 2
Counted as 1
(Mechanical counter
is double counter)
0: A3/LD
1: A3/LD/B4/LG/
FOLIO/COMP/8k
Counts the number of
sheets fed from upper
drawer
Counts the number of
sheets fed from lower
drawer
Counts the number of
sheets fed from bypass
feed
Counts the number of
sheets fed from LCF
Counts the number of
sheets fed from PFP
upper drawer
Counts the number of
sheets fed from PFP
lower drawer
Counts the number of
output pages of duplex
printing.
Counts the number of
originals fed from RADF

e-STUDIO281c
JPN:0
UC, EUR: 315,000
e-STUDIO351c
JPN:0
UC, EUR: 315,000
e-STUDIO451c
JPN: 0
UC, EUR: 315,000
Counts the drum driving
time (main motor ON).
Selects the job to count
up for the external
counter.
0: Not selected
1: Copier
2: FAX
3: Copier/FAX
4: Printer
5: Copier/Printer
6: Printer/FAX
7: Copier/Printer/FAX

Procedur
e
1
1
1

1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of errors in HDD
PPC
0
(Copying)
<8 digits>
Number of errors in HDD
FAX
0
(FAX)
<8 digits>
Number of errors in HDD
SCN
0
(Scanning)
<8 digits>
Number of errors in HDD
PRT
0
(Printer)
<8 digits>
Number of polygonal motor
ALL
0
rotational speed switching
<8 digits>

Code

Classification

390

Counter

391

Counter

392

Counter

393

Counter

398

Laser

399

Laser

Accumulated time of polygonal motor at normal rotation

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

400

Fuser

Fuser unit error status
counter

ALL

0
<0-29>

M

409

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature at
a energy saver mode
(Center thermistor)

ALL

13
<0-16>

M

410-0

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature
during printing (Center
thermistor/Plain paper)

ALL
(black)

12
<0-16>

M

410-1

Fuser

ALL
(color)

11
<0-16>

M

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM
SYS
SYS

Contents
The number of error is
reset at HDD formatting.

Procedur
e
2
2

SYS

2

SYS

2

M

Counts the number of
time the polygonal
motor has switched its
rotational speed
between normal rotation and standby rotation
Accumulates the time
the polygonal motor has
rotated at normal rotation.
0: No error
1: C411 2: C412
3: C433 4: 5: C445 6: C446
7: C447 8: 9: C449 10: C475
11: C471 12: C472
13: 14: 15: C480 16: 17: C490 18: 19: C449 20: 21: C449 22: C449
23: C449 24: C447
25: C449 26: 27: C449 28: 29: C449
0: OFF 1: 40°C
2: 45°C 3: 50°C
4: 55°C 5: 60°C
6: 65°C 7: 70°C
8: 75°C 9: 80°C
10: 85°C 11: 90°C
12: 95°C 13: 100°C
14: 105°C 15: 110°C
16:115°C
0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C

2

2

1

1

4

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 113

2

Code

Classification

411

Fuser

412-0

Fuser

412-1

413-0

Fuser

413-1

415-0

Fuser

415-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Fuser roller temperature on
ALL
12
standby (Center ther<0-16>
mistor)

RAM

Contents

M

0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
0: Invalid 1: 1 sec.
2: 2 sec 3: 3 sec
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec.
10: 10 sec.
0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: Invalid
0: Invalid
1: 0 sec.
2: 2 sec.
3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec.
5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec.
7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec.
9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec.
12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.
0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C

Fuser roller temperature
during printing
(Center thermistor/Thick
paper 3)

ALL
(black)

12
<0-16>

M

ALL
(color)

12
<0-16>

M

Fuser roller temperature
during printing
(Center thermistor/Thick
paper 1)

ALL
(black)

12
<0-16>

M

ALL
(color)

12
<0-16>

M

Period of time retaining
print-start temperature
(Thick paper 3)

ALL
(black)

3
<0-10>

M

ALL
(color)

2
<0-10>

M

416

Fuser

Temperature setting to
start solving abnormality
(Center/Side thermistor/
Thick paper 3)

ALL

9
<0-12>

M

417-0

Fuser

Pre-running time for first
printing (Thick paper 3)

ALL
(black)

16
<0-16>

M

ALL
(color)

0
<0-16>

M

ALL

4
<0-16>

M

417-1

422

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature
setting at the end of prerunning during warming-up

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 114

Procedur
e
1

4

4

4

4

4
4
1

4

4

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

428-0

Fuser

428-1
430

Fuser

431
432
436

Fuser

437-0

Fuser

437-1

438-0

Fuser

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Period of time retaining
3
ALL
print-start temperature
<0-10>
(black)
(Thick paper 2)
2
ALL
<0-10>
(color)
Transport motor speed
deceleration (OHP film)
Transport motor speed
deceleration
(Thick paper 2)
Transport motor speed
deceleration
(Thick paper 3)
Temperature setting to
start solving abnormality(Center/Side thermistor/
Thick paper2)

ALL
(color)

Fuser

439-1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Contents

M

0: Invalid
1: 1 sec.
2: 2 sec.
3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec.
5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec.
7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec.
9: 9 sec.
10: 10 sec.
Sets deceleration ratio
of paper transport
speed.
0: 1/1
1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4

M

1
<0-3>
1
<0-3>

M

2
<0-3>

M

ALL

9
<0-12>

M

Fuser roller temperature
during printing
(Center thermistor /Thick
paper 2)

ALL
(black)

12
<0-16>

M

ALL
(color)

12
<0-16>

M

Fuser roller temperature
during printing (Center
thermistor/OHP film)

ALL
(black)

12
<0-16>

M

ALL
(color)

10
<0-16>

M

ALL
(black)

14
<0-16>

M

ALL
(color)

0
<0-16>

M

438-1

439-0

RAM

Pre-running time for first
printing (Thick paper 2)

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

M

Procedur
e
4
4
1
1
1

0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: Invalid
0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
0: 120°C 1: 125°C
2: 130°C 3: 135°C
4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.
2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
11: 14 sec.
12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.

1

4

4

4

4

4

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 115

2

Code

Classification

440-0

Fuser

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Pre-running time for first
ALL
12
printing
(black)
<0-16>
(Plain paper/Low temperature environment)

440-1

441-0

Fuser

Pre-running time for first
printing (Thick paper 1)

441-1

449

RAM

Contents

M

0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.
2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
11: 14 sec.
12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.
2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
11: 14 sec.
12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
0: 0°C 1: 5°C
2: 9°C 3: 10°C
4: 12°C 5: 14°C
6: 15°C 7: 16°C
8: 17°C 9: 18°C
10: 19°C 11: 20°C
0: No warming-up
1: 30 sec.
2: 40 sec.
3: 50 sec.
4: 60 sec.
5: 70 sec.
6: 80 sec.
7: 90 sec.
8: 100 sec.
9: 120 sec.
10: 180 sec.
11: 300 sec.
0: 0°C 1: 5°C
2: 9°C 3: 10°C
4: 12°C 5: 14°C
6: 15°C 7: 16°C
8: 17°C 9: 18°C
10: 19°C 11: 20°C
0: Invalid (always)
1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min.
3: 1 min. 4: 2 min.
5: 3 min. 6: 5 min.
7: 7 min. 8: 10 min.
9: 15 min. 10: 30 min.
11: 60 min.

ALL
(color)

0
<0-16>

M

ALL
(black)

9
<0-16>

M

ALL
(color)

5
<0-16>

M

ALL

0
<0-1>
6
<0-11>

M

458

Paper
feeding
Fuser

Switching for incorrect
paper size jam detection
Threshold for warming-up
temperature(Low-temperature environment)

459

Fuser

Warming-up time(Low-temperature environment)

ALL

7
<0-11>

M

460

Fuser

Threshold of temperature
for pre-running time for first
printing(Low-temperature
environment)

ALL

9
<0-11>

M

461

Fuser

Pre-running time for first
printing(Plain paper/Lowtemperature environment)

ALL

8
<0-11>

M

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 116

M

Procedur
e
4

4

4

4

1
1

1

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

462

RADF

463-0
463-1

Paper
feeding

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Setting for switchback
ALL
0
operation in mixed-size
<0-2>
copying using RADF

Feeding retry
number setting (upper
drawer)

Plain
paper
Others

ALL
ALL

5
<0-5>
5
<0-5>

RAM

Contents

SYS

This setting is whether
the original length is
detected or not by
transporting without
scanning in reverse
when A4-R/FOLIO
paper or LT-R/LG paper
is detected in a mixedsize copying.
0: Disabled AMS:
A series - Judges as
A4-R without transporting in reverse
with no scanning.
LT series - Judges
whether it is LT-R or
LG by its length
without transporting
in reverse with no
scanning.
APS:
A series - Judges
whether it is A4-R or
FOLIO without
transporting in
reverse with no
scanning.
LT series - Judges
whether it is LT-R or
LG without transporting in reverse
with no scanning.
1: Enable 1
AMS:
A series - Judges
whether it is A4-R or
FOLIO by transporting without scanning
in reverse to detect
its length.
LT series - Judges
whether it is LT-R or
LG by transporting
without scanning in
reverse to detect its
length.
APS:
The same as that of
APS in 0: Disabled.
2: Enable 2
AMS/APS:
The same as that of
AMS in 1: Enable 1.
Sets the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the upper
drawer.

M
M

Procedur
e
1

2

4
4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 117
06/08

Code
464-0
464-1
465-0
465-1
466-0
466-1
467-0
467-1
468-0
468-1

Classification
Paper
feeding
Paper
feeding
Paper
feeding
Paper
feeding
Paper
feeding

470

Paper
feeding

471

Paper
feeding

478

Laser

479

Laser

480

Paper
feeding

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Feeding retry Plain
ALL
5
number setpaper
<0-5>
ting (lower
Others
ALL
5
drawer)
<0-5>
Feeding retry Plain
ALL
5
number setpaper
<0-5>
ting (PFP
Others
ALL
5
upper drawer)
<0-5>
Feeding retry Plain
ALL
5
number setpaper
<0-5>
ting (PFP
Others
ALL
5
lower drawer)
<0-5>
Feeding retry Plain
ALL
5
number setpaper
<0-5>
ting (bypass
Others
ALL
5
feed)
<0-5>
Feeding retry Plain
ALL
5
number setpaper
<0-5>
ting (LCF)
Others
ALL
5
<0-5>
Paper size (305x457 mm)
ALL
457/305
feeding/widthwise direction
<148457/105305>
Paper size (Post card)
ALL
148/100
feeding/widthwise direction
<148432/100297>
Judged number of polygoALL
0
nal motor rotation error
<0-1>
(Normal rotation)

RAM
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

Sets the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the PFP
upper drawer.
Sets the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the PFP
lower drawer.
Sets the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the bypass
tray.
Sets the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the LCF.

Procedur
e
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
10

M

*

Post card is supported only for JPN
model.

10

M

Displays the error
[CA10] when the set
number of rotation error
has been detected.
0: 2 times
1: 12 times
0: Waiting time for
polygonal motor
rotation overshooting 0.6 sec.
1: Waiting time for
polygonal motor
rotation overshooting 2.2 sec.
0: A4/LT
1: LCF
2: Upper drawer
3: Lower drawer
4: PFP upper drawer
5: PFP lower drawer

1

ALL

0
<0-1>

M

Default setting of paper
source

PPC

0
<0-5>

SYS

2 - 118

Sets the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the lower
drawer.

M

Judged number of polygonal motor rotation error (At
acceleration/deceleration)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

Contents

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
481

482

Classification
Paper
feeding

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Automatic change of paper
PPC
1
source
<0-2>

ALL

Pre-running rotation of
polygonal motor

ALL

0
<0-1>
0
<0-2>

Contents

SYS

Sets whether or not
changing the drawer
automatically to the
other drawer with the
paper of the same size
when paper in the
selected drawer has run
out.
0: OFF
1: ON (Changes to the
drawer with the
same paper direction and size: ex. A4
to A4)
2: ON (Changes to the
drawer with the
same paper size.
Paper with the different direction is
acceptable as long
as the size is the
same: ex., A4 to A4R, LT-R to LT. 1 is
applied when the
staple/holepunch is
specified.)
0: ON
1: OFF
Sets whether or not
switching the polygonal
motor from the standby
rotation to the normal
rotation when the original is set on the RADF
or the platen cover is
opened.
0: Valid (when using
RADF and the original is set manually)
1: Invalid
2: Valid (when using
RADF only)
Sets whether or not
switching the polygonal
motor from the normal
rotation to the standby
rotation at the Auto
Clear Mode.
0: Valid
1: Invalid
Sets the rotational status of polygonal motor
on standby.
0: Rotated (The rotational speed is set at
08-490.)
1: Stopped

483

Paper
feeding
Laser

484

Laser

Polygonal motor rotational
status switching at the Auto
Clear Mode

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

485

Laser

Rotational status of polygonal motor on standby

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Feeding retry setting

RAM

M
SYS

Procedur
e
1

2

1
1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 119

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Timing of auto-clearing of
ALL
0
polygonal motor pre-run<0-2>
ning rotation

Code

Classification

486

Laser

487

Transfer

Selection of performing the
2nd transfer roller cleaning
(Bypass feed)

ALL

0
<0-1>

M

488

Laser

Setting of polygonal motor
type

ALL

3
<2-3>

M

489

Laser

Polygonal motor rotation
number on standby

ALL

5
<0-5>

M

490

Laser

ALL

General

ALL
(color)

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

M

497

Polygonal motor rotation in
the energy saving mode
Speed switching for color
printing

502

Image

Error diffusion and dither
setting at photo mode

PPC
(black)

0
<0-1>

SYS

503

User
interface
Main
charger
Fuser

Default setting of density
adjustment
Main charger wire autocleaning setting
Pre-running time for first
printing
(OHP film)

PPC
(black)
ALL

0
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
16
<0-16>
0
<0-16>

SYS

511
526-0
526-1

ALL
(black)
ALL
(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 120

RAM

Contents

SYS

Switches the polygonal
motor to the standby
rotation when a certain
period of time has
passed from the prerunning. At this code,
the period to switch the
status to the standby
rotation is set.
0: 15 sec.
1: 30 sec.
2: 45 sec.
* This setting is effective when 0 or 2
is set at 08-483.
0: Performs only at no
paper size is designated
1: Performs regardless
of designation of
paper size
Set the type of polygonal motor.
2: 2 clock type
3: 3 clock type
0: 38090.55rpm
1: 35000rpm
2: 30000rpm
3: 25000rpm
4: 20000rpm
5: 10000rpm
0: Stopped
1: 10000rpm.
Sets the speed for color
printing.
0: 11 pages/minute
1: 6 pages/minute
Sets the image reproduction method at
photo mode.
0: Error diffusion
1: Dither
0: Automatic
1: Manual (Center)
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Invalid
1: 0 sec.
2: 2 sec.
3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec.
5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec.
7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec.
9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
11: 14 sec.
12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.

M

M
M
M

Procedur
e
1

1

1

1

1
1

1

1
1
4
4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
544

Classification
Image
control

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Environment correction
ALL
1
control of 2nd transfer
<0-1>
roller bias

RAM

Contents

M

Sets whether or not correcting the 2nd transfer
roller bias depending on
the environment.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not correcting the 2nd transfer
roller bias depending on
the transfer belt life.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not correcting the 2nd transfer
roller bias depending on
the 2nd transfer roller
life.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0:80 g/m2 (21.3 lb.)/
EUR
1: 75 g/m2 (20 lb.)/UC
2: 64 g/m2 (17.1 lb.)/
JPN
Sets whether or not
performing the openloop control 1.The
open-loop control 1 is
performed in advance
of the closed-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Text/Photo
1: Photo
2: Text
3: Gray Scale
Sets whether or not
performing the openloop control 2.The
open-loop control 2 is
performed before or
during printing.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not correcting the drum voltage depending on the
drum life in open-loop
control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid

545

Image
control

Transfer belt life correction
of 2nd transfer roller bias

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

546

Image
control

2nd transfer roller life correction of 2nd transfer
roller bias

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

548

Transfer

Setting of 2nd transfer
roller bias table (for each
destination/paper thickness)

ALL

EUR:0
UC:1
JPN:2
<0-2>

M

549

Image
control

Image quality control/openloop control 1

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

550

Image

Default setting of Original
mode

PPC
(black)

0
<0-3>

SYS

551

Image
control

Image quality control/openloop control 2

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

552

Image
control

Drum life correction control

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
1

2
1

1

1

1

1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 121

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Drum temperature correcALL
1
tion control
<0-1>

RAM

Contents

M

Sets whether or not correcting the drum voltage depending on the
drum surface temperature in open-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not
deciding the initial value
of contrast voltage in
open-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not correcting the laser power
depending on the drum
life when the laser
power initial value is set
in open-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not correcting the contrast voltage in closed-loop
control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not correcting the laser power
in closed-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not
switching the correction amount once at
contrast voltage correction depending on the
environment.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether performing closed-loop control
automatically at powerON when the fuser
roller temperature
becomes below the
specified level.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
Sets whether or not
performing a smoothing process (primary
scanning direction,
2,400 dpi or equivalent).
0: Invalid
1: Valid

553

Image
control

554

Image
control

Image quality open-loop
control/Contrast voltage
initial value

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

555

Image
control

Drum life correction of
laser power initial value

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

556

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control/Contrast voltage

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

557

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control/Laser power

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

558

Image
control

Contrast voltage/Correction gain environment setting

ALL

1
<0-1>

M

559

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
At power-ON

ALL
(color)

1
<0-2>

M

560

Imagel

Process switching for
image smoothing (Text/
Photo)

PPC
(black)

1
<0-1>

M

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 122

Procedur
e
1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Process switching for
PPC
0
image smoothing (Photo)
(black)
<0-1>

Code

Classification

561

Image

562

Image

Process switching for
image smoothing (Text)

PPC
(black)

1
<0-1>

M

565

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
Relative humidity variation

ALL
(color)

1
<0-2>

M

566

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
Period of time unattended

ALL
(color)

1
<0-2>

M

567

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
Accumulated print volume

ALL
(color)

2
<0-2>

M

568

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
When recovered from
Toner empty

ALL
(color)

2
<0-2>

M

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM

Contents

M

Sets whether or not
performing a smoothing process (primary
scanning direction,
2,400 dpi or equivalent).
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets whether or not
performing closed-loop
control automatically
when the relative
humidity becomes
below the specified
level from the previous
control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
Sets whether or not
performing closed-loop
control automatically
when the equipment
has not been used for a
specified period of time.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
Sets whether or not
performing closed-loop
control automatically
when the specified
number of sheets has
been printed out from
the previous control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
Sets whether or not
performing closed-loop
control automatically
when recovered from
Toner empty.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)

Procedur
e
1
1

1

1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 123

2

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Image quality closed-loop
ALL
8
control automatic start-up/
(color)
<0-20>
Temperature setting of
fuser roller at power-ON

RAM

Contents

M

Sets the fuser roller
temperature to perform
closed-loop control
when 1 or 2 (valid) is
set in 08-559.
0: 20°C 1: 25°C
2: 30°C 3: 35°C
4: 40°C 5: 45°C
6: 50°C 7: 55°C
8: 60°C 9: 65°C
10: 70°C 11: 75°C
12: 80°C 13: 85°C
14: 90°C 15: 95°C
16: 100°C 17: 105°C
18: 110°C 19: 115°C
20: 120°C
Sets the relative humidity difference to perform the closed-loop
control when 1 or 2
(valid) is set in 08-565.
0: 0%
1: 5%
2: 10%
3: 15%
4: 20%
5: 25%
6: 30%
Sets the period of time
unattended to perform
closed-loop control
when 1 or 2 (valid) is
set in 08-566.
Setting value x 1 (hour)
Sets the number of
accumulated print volume to perform closedloop control when 1 or
2 (valid) is set in 08567.
Setting value x 100
(pages)
Counts the abnormality
detection of image quality control. Accumulating total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]
Counts the abnormality
detection of image quality control. Accumulating total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]
Counts the abnormality
detection of image quality control. Accumulating total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]
Counts the abnormality
detection of image quality control. Accumulating total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]

569

Image
control

570

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
Relative humidity difference setting

ALL
(color)

4
<0-6>

M

571

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
Setting of period of time
unattended

ALL
(color)

4
<0-24>

M

572

Image
control

Image quality closed-loop
control automatic start-up/
Setting of accumulated
print volume

ALL
(color)

10
<0-30>

M

573

Image
control

Abnormality detection
count (Y)
Display/0 clearing

ALL

0
<0-16>

M

574

Image
control

Abnormality detection
count (M)
Display/0 clearing

ALL

0
<0-16>

M

575

Image
control

Abnormality detection
count (C)
Display/0 clearing

ALL

0
<0-16>

M

576

Image
control

Abnormality detection
count (K)
Display/0 clearing

ALL

0
<0-16>

M

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 124

Procedur
e
1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

583-0

Fuser

583-1
583-2

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Pre-running
Transport
ALL
1
time at power- motor
<0-10>
ON and ready speed 1/1
status
Transport
ALL
4
motor
<0-10>
speed 1/2
Transport
ALL
7
motor
<0-10>
speed 1/3
Transport motor speed of
ALL
0
pre-running at ready status
<0-2>

RAM
M
M

Fuser

585

User
interface

Default setting of Original
mode

PPC
(color)

0
<0-4>

SYS

586

Image

Image quality switching
when selecting the Image
Smoothing Mode

PPC
(black)

0
<0-1>

SYS

587

User
interface
User
interface

Default setting of Density
mode
Default setting of Color
mode

PPC
(color)
PPC

1
<0-1>
1
<0-2>

SYS

589

Image

Image quality switching
when judging as black in
the ACS Mode

PPC
(black)

1
<0-1>

SYS

595

Image

Scanning operation switching at automatic calibration

PPC
(color)

0
<0-1>

SYS

597

Image

Gamma correction table all
clearing

PRT
(color)

-

SYS

602

User
interface

ALL

EUR:0
UC:1
JPN:1
<0-1>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Screen setting for automatic energy saver/automatic power OFF

0: 3 sec.
2: 9 sec.
4: 15 sec.
6: 21 sec.
8: 27 sec.
10: 33 sec.

1: 6 sec.
3: 12 sec.
5: 18 sec.
7: 24 sec.
9: 30 sec.

M

584

588

Contents

M

SYS

Procedur
e
4
4
4

0: Decelerating to 1/1
1: Decelerating to 1/2
2: Decelerating to 1/3
0: Text/Photo
1: Text
2: Printed image
3: Photo
4: Map
Selects the method of
image processing when
the Image Smoothing is
selected in the original
modes.
0: Processing for
Image Smoothing
1: Processing when
judging as black in
the ACS Mode
0: Automatic
1: Manual (Center)
0: Auto color
1: Black
2: Full color
Selects the method of
image processing when
the original is judged as
black in the ACS Mode.
0: Processing for
Image Smoothing
1: Processing when
judging as black in
the ACS Mode
0: Scanning color/
black integrated pattern
1: Scanning color pattern only
Initializes the status of
automatic gamma
adjustment in color
printing.
0: OFF
1: ON

1
1

1

1
1
1

1

3

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 125

2

Code

Classification

Items

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
0
<0-3>

Contents

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Single-sided to
duplex copying
2: Two-sided to duplex
copying
3: User selection
0: APS (Automatic
Paper Selection)
1: AMS (Automatic
Magnification Selection)
2: Not selected
0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

0: Continuous feeding
(by pressing the
[START] button)
1: Single feeding
(by setting original
on the tray)
Sets the binarizing level
of each step.
When the value
increases, the image
becomes darker. When
the value decreases,
the image becomes
lighter.
* Refer to 08-268.

1

0: OFF
1: ON
0: Left page to right
page
1: Right page to left
page
0: Not summer time
1: Summer time
Press the icon on the
LCD to select the size.

1

603

User
interface

Setting for automatic
duplexing mode

604

User
interface

Default setting for APS/
AMS

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

605

User
interface

PPC

1
<0-1>

SYS

607

User
interface

Centering printing of primary/secondary direction
at AMS
Default setting of RADF
mode

PPC

0
<0-1>

SYS

609-0

Image

Binarizing
level setting
(When judging as black in
the ACS
Mode)

Step -2

ALL

SYS

Step -1

ALL
ALL

609-3

Step 0
(center)
Step +1

609-4

Step +2

ALL

88
<0-255>
108
<0-255>
148
<0-255>
178
<0-255>
208
<0-255>
1
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
EUR:
FOLIO
UC:
COMP
JPN:
A5-R
6
<1-50>

SYS

609-1
609-2

610

ALL

User
interface
User
interface

Key touch sound of control
panel
Book type original priority

PPC

612

General

Summer time mode

ALL

613

User
interface

Paper size selection for
[OTHER] button

PPC

614

Network

Local I/F time-out period

ALL

611

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 126

Procedur
e

RAM

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS

SYS

Sets the period of time
when the job is judged
as completed in local I/
F printing (USB or parallel).
1: 1.0 sec.
2: 1.5 sec.
50: 25.5 sec.
(in increments of 0.5
sec.)

1

1

4
4
4
4
4

1

1
9

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

615

General

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Size information of main
ALL
memory and page memory

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the sizes of
the main memory and
page memory. Enables
to check if each memory is properly recognized.
Sets the counting
method in Twin Color
Mode with the Limitation Function.
0: Count as color
1: Count as black
0: Printed forcibly
1: Not printed
2: Deleted forcibly
0: Same size originals
1: Mixed size originals
Sets the time taken to
add paper feeding
when paper in the
bypass tray has run out
during the bypass feed
copying.
0: Paper is not drawn
in unless the
[START] button is
pressed.
1-10: Setting value x
0.5sec.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: OFF
1: ON (Start printing
when the scanning
of each page is finished)
0: Not rotating
1: Rotating
0: Automatic
1: Portrait
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets the disclosing level
of automatic calibration.
0: Service technician
1: Administrator
2: User

616

Counter

Counting method in Twin
Color Mode
(Limitation Function)

ALL

JPN: 1
UC: 0
EUR: 0
<0-1>

SYS

617

User
interface

Print setting without
department code

ALL

1
<0-2>

SYS

618

User
interface
Paper
feeding

Default setting of RADF
original size
Time lag before auto-start
of bypass feeding

PPC

0
<0-1>
4
<0-10>

SYS

User
interface
User
interface
User
interface
User
interface
User
interface
User
interface

Department management
setting (Copier)
Department management
setting (FAX)
Department management
setting (Printer)
Department management
setting (Scanner)
Department management
setting (List print)
Blank copying prevention
mode during RADF jamming

PPC

User
interface
User
interface
User
interface
User
interface

Rotation printing at the
nonsorting
Direction priority of original
image
Department management
setting
Automatic calibration disclosure level

619

620
621
622
623
624
625

627
628
629
632

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ALL

FAX
PRT
SCN
PRT
PPC

ALL
PPC
ALL
PPC

SYS

1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

SYS

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
1
<0-2>

SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
2

2
1

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 127

Code
633
634
636
638

Setting mode (08)
Default
ClassifiFunc- 
Data
Releasing F200 service
ALL
0
overwrite call
<0-2>
kit
User
Inner receiving tray priority
ALL
0
interface at Non-sort Mode
<0-1>
User
Width setting for image
PPC
0
interface shift copying (linkage of
<0-1>
front side and back side)
General Time differences
ALL
EUR: 24
UC: 40
JPN: 6
<0-47>

640

User
interface

Date display format

ALL

641

User
interface

Automatic Sorting Mode
setting (RADF)

PPC

642

User
interface

Default setting of Sorter
Mode

643

User
interface

644

User
interface

Color 1 at twin color selection (Select what color
black in original is copied)
Color 2 at twin color selection (Select what color
other than black in original
is copied)

RAM
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

EUR:1
UC:2
JPN:0
<0-2>
2
<0-4>

SYS

PPC

0
<0-4>

SYS

PPC
(color)

0
<0-6>

SYS

PPC
(color)

4
<0-6>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 128
05/11

SYS

Contents
0:
1:
2:
0:
1:
0:
1:

Not used
Board installed
Service call
Normal
Inner receiving tray
ON
OFF

Procedur
e
1
1
1

0: +12.0h 1: +11.5h
2: +11.0h 3: +10.5h
4: +10.0h 5: 9.5h
6: +9.0h 7: +8.5h
8: +8.0h 9: +7.5h
10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h
12: +6.0h 13: +5.5h
14: +5.0h 15: +4.5h
16: +4.0h 17: +3.5h
18: +3.0h 19: +2.5h
20: +2.0h 21: +1.5h
22: +1.0h 23: +0.5h
24: 0.0h 25:-0.5h
26: -1.0h 27: -1.5h
28: -2.0h 29: -2.5h
30: -3.0h 31: -3.5h
32: -4.0h 33: -4.5h
34: -5.0h 35: -5.5h
36: -6.0h 37: -6.5h
38: -7.0h 39: -7.5h
40: -8.0h 41: -8.5h
42: -9.0h 43: -9.5h
44: -10.0h 45: -10.5h
46: -11.0h 47: -11.5h
0: YYYY.MM.DD.
1: DD.MM.YYYY
2: MM.DD.YYYY

1

0: Invalid
1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT
0: NON-SORT
1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT
0: K 1: Y 2: M
3: C 4: R 5: G
6: B
0: K 1: Y 2: M
3: C 4: R 5: G
6: B

1

1

1

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
645

Classification
User
interface

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Correction of reproduction
PPC
10
ratio in editing copy
<0-10>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Sets the reproduction
ratio for the X in 1
printing (including magazine sort) to the
Reproduction ratio x
Correction ratio.
0: 90% 1: 91%
2: 92% 3: 93%
4: 94% 5: 95%
6: 96% 7: 97%
8: 98% 9: 99%
10: 100%
Sets the page pasted
position for X in 1 to
the upper left corner/
center.
0: Cornering
1: Centering
Sets whether or not
returning the finisher
tray to the bin 1 when
printing is finished.
0: Not returned
1: Returned
0: Left page to right
page
1: Right page to left
page
0: Horizontal
1: Vertical
Hyphen
(with page number)
/Dropout
(with date, time and
page number)
0: OFF/OFF
1: ON/OFF
2: OFF/ON
3: ON/ON
Note:
Note:
Hyphen printing
format
ON: -1- OFF: 1
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: Short edge
1: Long edge

646

User
interface

Image position in editing

PPC

0
<0-1>

SYS

648

User
interface

Returning finisher tray
when printing is finished

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

649

User
interface

Magazine sort setting

PPC

0
<0-1>

SYS

650

User
interface
User
interface

2 in 1/4 in 1 page allocating
order setting
Printing format setting for
Time Stamp and Page
Number

PPC

0
<0-1>
2
<0-3>

SYS

User
interface
User
interface
User
interface

Cascade operation setting

PPC

SYS

Cascade operation setting

PRT

Default setting of printing
direction for Time Stamp
and Page Number

PPC

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

651

652
653
657

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

PPC

SYS

SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
1

2

1

1

1

1
1

1
1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 129
05/07

Code

Classification

Items

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
PRT
0
<0-1>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Sets whether or not
feeding a paper automatically into the copier
when it is placed on the
bypass tray.
0: OFF (Press the
[START] button to
start feeding.)
1: ON (Automatical
feeding)
Sets whether or not
feeding a paper automatically into the copier
when it is placed on the
bypass tray.
0: OFF (Press the
[START] button to
start feeding.)
1: ON (Automatical
feeding)
0: Invalid
1: Valid
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Clears SMS partition.
(Performs when the
service call [F106] has
occurred.)
Sets the counting
method of fee charging
or department count in
Twin Color Mode.
0: Count as Twin Color
Mode
1: Count as Black
Mode
2: Count as Full Color
Mode
Initializes all the adjustment modes and setting
modes.
Initializes the Electronic Filing.
Initializes the shared
folder.
Initializes system
NVRAM area.
Display the HDD information
(Chap. 5.3.6)
0: Invalid 1: Valid

658

User
interface

Auto-start setting for
bypass feed printing

659

User
interface

Auto-start setting for
bypass feed printing

PPC

1
<0-1>

SYS

660

Network

ALL

Network

662

General

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
-

SYS

661

Auto-forwarding setting of
received FAX
Auto-forwarding setting of
received E-mail
Clearing of SMS partition

663

Counter

Counting method in Twin
Color Mode

PPC

0
<0-2>

SYS

665

General

M/SYS all clearing

ALL

-

M/
SYS

666

General

BOX partition clearing

ALL

-

SYS

667

General

/SHA partition clearing

ALL

-

SYS

669

General

System all clearing

ALL

-

SYS

670

General

HDD diagnostic menu display

ALL

-

SYS

671

User
interface

Size indicator

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

ALL
ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 130
05/11

SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
1

1

1
1
3

1

3
3
3
3
2
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

672

General

675-0

Paper
feeding

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Initialization of department
management information

Coated Paper
Mode setting
for paper
source

RAM

Contents

SYS

Initializing of the department management
information
* Enter the code with
the digital keys and
press the [INITIALIZE] button to perform the
initialization.
If the area storing
the department
management information is destroyed
for some reason,
Enter Department
Code is displayed
on the control panel
even if the department management
function is not set
on. In this case, initialize the area with
this code. This area
is normally initialized at the factory.
Sets whether or not
applying the Coated
Paper Mode to each
paper source.
0: Normal mode
1: Coated Paper Mode
* Coated Paper Mode
- This mode is
selected when the
paper which often
causes the misfeeding (ex. coated
paper) is used. The
occurrence of misfeeding is reduced
by lengthening the
jam detection time.
However, the printing speed is lowered since the
printing cycle is also
lengthened with the
lengthened jam
detection time.

Upper
drawer

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

675-1

Lower
drawer

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

675-2

PFP upper
drawer

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

675-3

PFP lower
drawer

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

675-4

LCF

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
3

2

4

4

4

4

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 131

Code

Classification

676

Paper
feeding

677-0

Paper
feeding

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Bypass copy printing
PPC
0
[COATED] button display
<0-1>

Coated Paper
Mode setting
at bypass
feeding

RAM

Contents

SYS

Sets whether or not displaying the [COATED]
button on the LCD
screen at bypass feeding.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed (The
Coated Paper Mode
is applied by pressing the [COATED]
button at bypass
feeding.)
* Coated Paper Mode
- This mode is
selected when the
paper which often
causes the misfeeding (ex. coated
paper) is used. The
occurrence of misfeeding is reduced
by lengthening the
jam detection time.
However, the printing speed is lowered since the
printing cycle is also
lengthened with the
lengthened jam
detection time.
Sets whether or not
applying the Coated
Paper Mode on each
paper type at bypass
printing.
0: Normal mode
1: Coated Paper Mode
* Coated Paper Mode
- This mode is
selected when the
paper which often
causes the misfeeding (ex. coated
paper) is used. The
occurrence of misfeeding is reduced
by lengthening the
jam detection time.
However, the printing speed is lowered since the
printing cycle is also
lengthened with the
lengthened jam
detection time.

Plain
paper

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

Thick
paper 1

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

677-2

Thick
paper 2

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

677-3

Thick
paper 3

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

677-4

OHP film

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

677-5

Envelop

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

677-1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 132

Procedur
e
1

4

4

4

4

4

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

678

General

679

General

680

General

681

General

682

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Setting of banner advertisALL
0
ing display
<0-1>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Sets whether or not displaying the banner
advertising. The setting
contents of 08-679 and
08-680 are displayed at
the time display section
on the right top of the
screen. When both are
set, each content is displayed alternately.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
Maximum 27 letters
(one-byte character)
Maximum 27 letters
(one-byte character)
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
* This button enables
the entry of Banner
advertising display 1
(08-679) and Banner advertising display 2 (08-680) on
the control panel.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
When the duplex printing is short paid with a
coin controller, reverse
side of the original is
not printed and is considered as a defect
(printing job may be
cleared). To solve this
problem, the selection
of printing method is
enabled with this setting.
0: Invalid (Both sides
printed)
1: Valid (Only one side
printed)
Rebuilds all databases.
Rebuilds all databases
related to the Address
Book.
Rebuilds all databases
related to the logs.
0: Not subjected for
APS judgment
1: Subjected for APS
judgment
2: Normal formatting

Banner advertising display
1
Banner advertising display
2
Display of [BANNER MESSAGE] button

ALL

-

SYS

ALL

-

SYS

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Offsetting between jobs

ALL

Duplex printing setting
when coin controller is
used

ALL

1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>

SYS

683

Use
interface
General

684
685

General
General

Rebuilding all databases
Rebuilding all databases
related to Address Book

ALL
ALL

-

SYS
SYS

686

General

ALL

-

SYS

689

FAX

Rebuilding all databases
related to log
Adaptation of paper source
priority selection

FAX

0
<0-1>

SYS

690

General

HDD formatting

ALL

SYS

691

General

HDD type display

ALL

<2>
<0-2>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

SYS

SYS

0: Not formatted
1: Not used
2: Normal format

Procedur
e
1

2

11
11
1

1
1

3
3
3
1

7
7

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 133
06/08

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Performing panel calibraALL
tion

Contents

SYS

Performs the calibration
of the pressing position
on the touch panel
(LCD screen). The calibration is performed by
pressing 2 reference
positions after this code
is started up.
Returns the value to the
factory shipping default
value.
Checks the bad sector.
0: Not installed
1: Installed

1

Sets the paper type priority during copying.
1: Normal paper
2: Thick paper 1
Start up this code and
have the user enter the
key code.
Once the key code has
been set, this code cannot be set again on
security grounds.
This setting is effective
only when the scrambler board is installed.
0: Japan
1: Asia
2: Australia
3: Hong Kong
4: U.S.A./Canada
5: Germany
6: U.K.
7: Italy
8: Belgium
9: Netherlands
10: Finland
11: Spain
12: Austria
13: Switzerland
14: Sweden
15: Denmark
16: Norway
17: Portugal
18: France
19: Greece
20: Poland
21: Hungary
22: Czech
23: Turkey
24: South Africa
25: Taiwan

1

692

Maintenance

693

General

Initialization of NIC information

ALL

-

SYS

694
696

General
Scrambler
board
Paper
feeding

Performing HDD testing
Installation of scrambler
board (Option)

ALL
ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS
-

Paper type priority

PPC

1
<1-2>

SYS

698

Scrambler
board

Entering the key code for
scrambler board

ALL

-

-

699

Scrambler
board
FAX

Erasing all data in HDD

ALL

-

-

Destination setting for FAX

FAX

EUR: 5
UC: 4
JPN: 0
Other: 1
<0-25>

SYS

697

701

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 134

Procedur
e

RAM

3
3
2

5

3
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

702

Maintenance

703

Maintenance

704-0

704-1

707

710

711
715

Maintenance

Maintenance
Maintenance
Maintenance

717

Maintenance

718

Maintenance

719

Maintenance
Maintenance

721

Maintenance

723

Maintenance
Maintenance

726

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: Valid (Remote-controlled server)
1: Valid (L2)
2: Invalid
Maximum 256 Bytes

Remote-controlled service
HTTP server
URL setting
Interruption of Copying
stapling operation (no staple)
Printing /
BOX printing

ALL

-

SYS

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Remote-controlled service
HTTP initially-registered
server
URL setting

ALL

https://
device.mf
p-support.com:
443/
device/firstregist.ashx
24
<1-48>

SYS

60
<30-360>
1230

ALL

Mainte- Short time interval setting
nance
of recovery from Emer(Remote) gency Mode

716

720

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Remote-controlled service
ALL
2
function
<0-2>

ALL

SYS

0: Continues printing
by switching sort
setting
1: Interrupts printing
0: Continues printing
by switching sort
setting
1: Interrupts printing
Maximum 256 Bytes

Procedur
e
1

11
4

4

11

1

SYS

Sets the time interval to
recover from the Emergency Mode to the Normal Mode.
(Unit: Hour)
Unit: Minute

SYS

0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59)

1

0
<0-1>

SYS

0: Prohibited
1: Accepted

1

ALL

3
<1-30>

SYS

Unit: Minute

1

0: OFF
1: Start
2: Only certification is
scanned
Maximum 10 letters

1

Short time interval setting
of Emergency Mode
Remote-controlled service
periodical polling timing
(Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)
Remote-controlled service
Writing data of self-diagnostic code
Remote-controlled service
response waiting time
(Timeout)
Remote-controlled service
initial registration

ALL

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

Remote-controlled service
tentative password
Status of remote-controlled service initial registration (Display only)
Service center call function

ALL

-

SYS

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

0: Not registered
1: Registered

2

ALL

2
<0-2>

SYS

1

ALL

-

SYS

0: OFF
1: Notifies all service
calls
2: Notifies all but
paper jams
Maximum 256 letters

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

Service center call HTTP
server URL setting
HTTP proxy setting

ALL

0: Valid
1: Invalid

1

11

11
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 135
06/08

2

727

Maintenance

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
HTTP proxy IP address
ALL
setting

728

Maintenance

HTTP proxy port number
setting

ALL

729

Maintenance
Maintenance
Maintenance
Maintenance
(Remote)

HTTP proxy ID setting
HTTP proxy password setting
HTTP proxy panel display

Code

730
731
732

733
734
738
739
740
741
742
743
744

745

746
747

Classification

Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)

Automatic ordering function of supplies

Automatic ordering function of supplies
FAX number
Automatic ordering function of supplies
E-mail address
Automatic ordering function of supplies
User's name
Automatic ordering function of supplies
User's telephone number
Automatic ordering function of supplies
User's E-mail address
Automatic ordering function of supplies
User's address
Automatic ordering function of supplies
Service number
Automatic ordering function of supplies
Service technician's name
Automatic ordering function of supplies
Service technician's telephone number
Mainte- Automatic ordering funcnance
tion of supplies
(Remote) Service technician's E-mail
address
Mainte- Automatic ordering funcnance
tion of supplies
(Remote) Supplier's name
Mainte- Automatic ordering funcnance
tion of supplies
(Remote) Supplier's address

RAM
SYS

Contents

Procedur
e

000.000.000.000 255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)

11

SYS

ALL

0
<065535>
-

SYS

Maximum 30 letters

11

ALL

-

SYS

Maximum 30 letters

11

ALL

1
<0-1>
3
<0-3>

SYS

1

ALL

-

SYS

ALL

-

SYS

0: Valid
1: Invalid
0: Ordered by FAX
1: Ordered by E-mail
2: Ordered by HTTP
3: OFF
Maximum 32 digits
Enter hyphen with the
[Monitor/Pause] button
Maximum 192 letters
List: 256 digits

ALL

SYS

1

1

11
11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 50 letters

11

ALL

SYS

11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 32 digits
Enter hyphen with the
[Monitor/Pause] button
Maximum 192 letters
List: 256 digits

ALL

SYS

Maximum 100 letters

11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 5 digits

11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 50 letters

11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 32 digits
Enter hyphen with the
[Monitor/Pause] button

11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 192 letters
List: 256 digits

11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 50 letters

11

ALL

SYS

Maximum 100 letters

11

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 136

11

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

Classification
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Automatic ordering funcALL
tion of supplies
Notes
Information about supplies
ALL
Part number of toner cartridge C
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Order quantity of toner car<1-99>
tridge C
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Condition number of toner
<1-99>
cartridge C
Information about supplies
ALL
Part number of toner cartridge M
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Order quantity of toner car<1-99>
tridge M
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Condition number of toner
<1-99>
cartridge M
Information about supplies
ALL
Part number of toner cartridge Y
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Order quantity of toner car<1-99>
tridge Y
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Condition number of toner
<1-99>
cartridge Y
Information about supplies
ALL
Part number of toner cartridge K
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Order quantity of toner car<1-99>
tridge K
Information about supplies
ALL
1
Condition number of toner
<1-99>
cartridge K
Information about supplies
ALL
Part number of toner bag

RAM

Contents

Procedur
e

SYS

Maximum 128 letters

11

SYS

Maximum 20 digits

11

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

Maximum 20 digits

11

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

Maximum 20 digits

11

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

Maximum 20 digits

11

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

Maximum 20 digits

11

Information about supplies
Order quantity of toner bag

ALL

1
<1-99>

SYS

1

Information about supplies
Condition number of toner
bag
Automatic ordering supplies
Result table printout
Automatic ordering supplies
Display

ALL

1
<1-99>

SYS

1

ALL

1
<0-2>

SYS

ALL

2
<0-2>

SYS

0:
1:
2:
0:

OFF
Always
ON Error
Valid
(FAX/Internet FAX)
1: Valid
(FAX/Internet FAX/
HTTP)
2: Invalid

1
1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 137

2

Code

Classification

767

Maintenance
(Remote)

768

Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance

769
770
771
772

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Service Notification setting
ALL
0
<0-2>

RAM
SYS

Contents
Enables to set up to 3
E-mail
addresses to be sent.
(08-768, 777, 778)
0: Invalid
1: Valid (E-mail)
2: Valid (FAX)
Maximum 192 letters

Procedur
e
1

Destination E-mail address
1

ALL

-

SYS

11

Total counter information
transmission setting

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

Total counter transmission
date setting

ALL

1
<1-31>

SYS

1 to 31

1

PM counter notification setting

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

Dealer's name

ALL

-

SYS

11

Login name

ALL

-

SYS

Maximum 100 letters
Needed at initial registration
Maximum 20 letters
Needed at initial registration
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

773

Maintenance

774

Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance
(Remote)
Maintenance

Display setting of [Service
Notification] button

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Sending error contents of
equipment

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Setting total counter transmission interval
(Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)
Destination E-mail address
2

ALL

-

SYS

ALL

-

SYS

Maximum 192 letters

11

Destination E-mail address
3

ALL

-

SYS

Maximum 192 letters

11

Remote-controlled service
polling day selection Day-1

ALL

0
<0-31>

SYS

1

781

Maintenance

Remote-controlled service
polling day selection Day-2

ALL

0
<0-31>

SYS

782

Maintenance

Remote-controlled service
polling day selection Day-3

ALL

0
<0-31>

SYS

783

Maintenance

Remote-controlled service
polling day selection Day-4

ALL

0
<0-31>

SYS

0: OFF
1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month
0: OFF
1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month
0: OFF
1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month
0: OFF
1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month

775
776
777
778
780

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 138
06/08

11
1

1

1

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
816
817
818

819-0
819-1
819-2

Setting mode (08)
Default
ClassifiFunc- 
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
polling day selection Sun<0-1>
day
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
polling day selection Mon<0-1>
day
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
polling day selection Tues<0-1>
day
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
polling day selection
<0-1>
Wednesday
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
polling day selection
<0-1>
Thursday
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
polling day selection Friday
<0-1>
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
polling day selection Satur<0-1>
day
Mainte- Information of supplies setALL
0
nance
ting of toner cartridge C
<0-1>
Mainte- Information of supplies setALL
0
nance
ting of toner cartridge M
<0-1>
Mainte- Information of supplies setALL
0
nance
ting of toner cartridge Y
<0-1>
Mainte- Information of supplies setALL
0
nance
ting of toner cartridge K
<0-1>
Mainte- Information of supplies setALL
0
nance
ting of toner bag
<0-1>
Mainte- Remote-controlled service
ALL
0
nance
lengthened interval polling
<0-1>
(End of month)
Mainte- Firmware download
ALL
0
nance
<0-1>
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias
ALL
1
resistance detection con<0-1>
trol
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias
ALL
1
temperature detection con<0-1>
trol
Transfer Temperature correction
ALL
JPN: 1
factor table setting
UC: 0
EUR: 0
Others: 1
<0-1>
Develop- Color autoY
ALL
256
ment
toner sensor
(color) <0-1023>
output setting
M
ALL
256
for initial
(color) <0-1023>
developer
C
ALL
256
material
(color) <0-1023>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM

Contents

Procedur
e

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

SYS

0:
1:
0:
1:

Invalid
Valid
Invalid
Valid

1

0:
1:
0:
1:
0:
1:
0:
1:
0:
1:
0:
1:

Invalid
Valid
Invalid
Valid
Invalid
Valid
Invalid
Valid
Invalid
Valid
Invalid
Valid

1

0:
1:
0:
1:

Accepted
Prohibited
Disabled
Enabled

1

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
M

1

1
1
1
1
1

1

M

0: Disabled
1: Enabled

1

M

0: No Damp Heater
1: Damp Heater
installed

1

M

Sets the target output
value of color autotoner sensor to the
sleeve in the auto-toner
control. (This is set
when performing the
automatic adjustment of
auto-toner sensor.)

4

M
M

4
4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 139
06/08

2

Code
820-0
820-1
820-2
821

822-0
822-1
822-2
823-0
823-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
ClassifiFunc- 
Develop- Color autoY
ALL
ment
toner sensor
(color) <0-1023>
output
M
ALL
display for
(color) <0-1023>
developer
C
ALL
material
(color) <0-1023>
Develop- ON/OFF of the mode for
ALL
0
ment
developer material stabili(color)
<0-1>
zation

Develop- Number of
ment
times the
mode for
developer
material stabilization is performed
Develop- Color automent
toner sensor/
light amount
correction
voltage abnormal detection

823-2
824-0
824-1
824-2
849

858-0
858-1
858-2

Develop- Color automent
toner sensor/
toner density
detection voltage abnormal
detection
Fuser

Y

Contents

M

Displays the output
value of the color autotoner sensor to the
sleeve in color printing.

M
M
M

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

0
<0-255>
0
<0-255>
0
<0-255>

M

Y

ALL
(color)

0
<0-1>

M

M

ALL
(color)

0
<0-1>

M

C

ALL
(color)

0
<0-1>

M

Y

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

M

ALL

Other
than
TWD and
SAD: 0
TWD and
SAD: 1
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

M

M
C

M
C

Fusing control switching for
TWD and SAD models

Develop- Color toner
ment
forced supply
level display

RAM

Y
M
C

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 140

M

M

M
M
M

4
4
4

Sets whether or not
performing an aging to
stabilize the status of
developer material
when the toner density
is uneven or the toner
charging amount is lowered.
0: ON
1: OFF
Displays the number of
times the developer
material stabilization is
performed.

M

M

Procedur
e

1

4
4
4

Displays 1 when the
abnormal output voltage is detected for the
color auto-toner sensor
light amount correction.
([CF40] error)
0: Normal
1: Abnormality
detected
Displays 1 when the
abnormal toner density
detection voltage is
detected. ([CF20] error)
0: Normal
1: Abnormality
detected

4

Becomes 1 when the
toner density decreases
and it is judged forced
toner supply is needed.
0: Normal level
1: Forced supply level

14

4
4
4
4
4
1

14
14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
859-0
859-1
859-2
860-0
860-1

861-0
861-1

862-0
862-1
863-0
863-1
864

865

866-0

866-1

867

Setting mode (08)
Default
ClassifiFunc- 
Develop- Toner empty
Y
ALL
0
ment
detection
(color)
<0-1>
M
ALL
0
(color)
<0-1>
C
ALL
0
(color)
<0-1>
Develop- Color autoUpper limit
ALL
20
ment
toner sensor/
(color) <0-1023>
proper range
Lower limit
ALL
0
setting of OFF
(color) <0-1023>
level voltage
Develop- Color autoUpper limit
ment
toner sensor/
proper range
setting of
Lower limit
standard light
amount voltage
Develop- Color autoUpper limit
ment
toner sensor/
proper range
setting of ref- Lower limit
erence plate
output
Develop- Color autoUpper limit
ment
toner sensor/
proper range
setting of
Lower limit
developer output
Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/
ment
sensor OFF output value
display at power ON
Development

Color auto-toner sensor/
reference plate output
value display at power ON

Develop- Color autoUpper limit
ment
toner sensor/
abnormal
detection
Develop- potential difLower limit
ference setment
ting of
reference
plate output
Develop- Color auto-toner control
ment
environment and life light
amount correction setting

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM
M
M
M
M
M

ALL
(color)

205
<0-255>

M

ALL
(color)

40
<0-255>

M

ALL
(color)

950
<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

205
<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

450
<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

155
<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

820
<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

205
<0-1023>

M

ALL
(color)

0
<0-1>

M

Contents

Procedur
e

Becomes 1 when
detecting the toner
empty.
0: Normal
1: Empty detected

14

Sets the range for judging whether the sensor
output value when the
sensor light source is
OFF is correct
or not.
Sets the range for judging whether the adjustment result of sensor
light amount is correct
or not.

4

14
14

4

4
4

Sets the range for judging whether the sensor
output value for the reference plate is correct
or not.

4

Sets the range for judging whether the sensor
output value for the
sleeve is correct or not.

4

4

4

Displays the sensor
output value when the
sensor light source is
OFF at power ON.
Displays the sensor
output value with the
standard light amount
for the reference plate
at power ON.
Sets the range for judging whether the difference between the
sensor output when the
sensor light source is
OFF and the sensor
output for the reference
plate is correct or not.

2

Sets whether the sensor light amount is corrected or not depending
on the environment and
life.
0: Correction
1: No correction

1

2

4

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 141

2

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Color auto-toner adjustALL
4
ment finishing range set(color) <0-255>
ting

RAM

Contents

M

Sets the difference from
the target value for
judging whether the
color auto-toner adjustment finishes correctly
or not.
Sets the difference from
the target value for
judging whether the
light amount correction
finishes correctly or not.
Sets the number of
times of continuous
error detection before
the light amount correction abnormality is displayed.
Displays the number of
times of the reference
plate detection error for
the environment and life
light amount correction.
Displays the number of
times of the light
amount control voltage
adjustment error for the
environment and life
light amount correction.
Sets the initial developer output target
value.

868

Development

869

Development

Color auto-toner control
environment and life light
amount correction/correction finishing range setting

ALL
(color)

5
<0-255>

M

870

Development

Color auto-toner sensor/
setting of number of times
of error detection at light
amount correction

ALL
(color)

3
<0-255>

M

871

Development

Color auto-toner control
environment and life light
amount correction/display
of number of times of reference plate detection error
Develop- Color auto-toner control
ment
environment and life light
amount correction/display
of number of times of light
amount control voltage
adjustment error
Develop- Color autoY
ment
toner control/
Develop- developer iniM
tial output setment
Develop- ting
C
ment
Develop- Color developer life correcment
tion

ALL
(color)

0
<0-255>

M

ALL
(color)

0
<0-255>

M

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

256
<0-1023>
256
<0-1023>
256
<0-1023>
0
<0-1>

M

Develop- Color develment
oper life correction value
(segment 0)

Y

ALL
(color)

M

M

ALL
(color)

C

ALL
(color)

0
<-512511>
0
<-512511>
0
<-512511>

872

873-0
873-1
873-2
874

875-0
875-1
875-2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 142

M
M
M

M
M

Procedur
e
1

1

1

2

2

4
4
4

Sets whether the toner
density detection voltage correction is performed or not
depending on the
developer life in the
color auto-toner control.
0: Corrected
1: Not corrected
Sets the correction
amount of the toner
density detection voltage depending on the
developer life. In this
code, the life count
within 0-2000 is set as
the correction amount.

1

4
4
4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
876-0
876-1

Classification

Items

Develop- Color develment
oper life correction value
(segment 1)

876-2
877-0
877-1

878-1

Develop- Color develment
oper life correction value
(segment 2)

879-1

Develop- Color develment
oper life correction value
(segment 3)

880-1

Develop- Color develment
oper life correction value
(segment 4)

881-1

Y
M

Y
M
C

Develop- Color develment
oper life correction value
(segment 5)

880-2
881-0

M

C

879-2
880-0

Y

C

878-2
879-0

M
C

877-2
878-0

Y

Y
M
C

Develop- Color develment
oper life correction value
(segment 6)

881-2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Y
M
C

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
-4
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-2
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-2
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-6
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-3
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-3
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-8
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-4
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-4
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-10
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-5
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-5
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-12
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-6
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-6
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-12
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-6
(color)
<-512511>
ALL
-6
(color)
<-512511>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

M

Sets the correction
amount of the toner
density detection voltage depending on the
developer life. In this
code, the life count
within 2001-5000 is set
as the correction
amount.

4

Sets the correction
amount of the toner
density detection voltage depending on the
developer life. In this
code, the life count
within 5001-10000 is
set as the correction
amount.

4

Sets the correction
amount of the toner
density detection voltage depending on the
developer life. In this
code, the life count
within 10001-20000 is
set as the correction
amount.

4

Sets the correction
amount of the toner
density detection voltage depending on the
developer life. In this
code, the life count
within 20001-30000 is
set as the correction
amount.

4

Sets the correction
amount of the toner
density detection voltage depending on the
developer life. In this
code, the life count
within 30001-37500 is
set as the correction
amount.

4

Sets the correction
amount of the toner
density detection voltage depending on the
developer life. In this
code, the life count
37501 or more is set as
the correction amount.

4

M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

4
4

4
4

4
4

4
4

4
4

4
4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 143

2

Code

Classification

900

Version

903
905
907
908
911

Version
Version
Version
Version
Version

915
920

Version
Version

921
922

Version
Version

923

Version

924

Version

925

Version

926

Version

927

Version

928

Version

929

Version

930

Version

931

Version

933
934

Version
Version

935

Version

936

Version

937

Version

938

Version

939

Version

944

Version

945

Network

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
System firmware ROM verALL
sion
Engine ROM version
Scanner ROM version
RADF ROM version
Finisher ROM version
Finisher punch ROM version
FAX board ROM version
FROM basic section software version
FROM internal program
UI data fixed section version
UI data common section
version
Version of UI data language 1 in HDD
Version of UI data language 2 in HDD
Version of UI data language 3 in HDD
Version of UI data language 4 in HDD
Version of UI data language 5 in HDD
Version of UI data language 6 in HDD
Version of UI data in
FROM displayed at powerON
Version of UI data language 7 in HDD
Web data whole version
Web UI data in HDD
Version: Language 1
Web UI data in HDD
Version: Language 2
Web UI data in HDD
Version: Language 3
Web UI data in HDD
Version: Language 4
Web UI data in HDD
Version: Language 5
Web UI data in HDD
Version: Language 6
HD version

Two-way setting of RawPort 9100

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

-

2
2
2
2
2

ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL

-

-

JPN: T410SY0JXXX
UC: T410SY0UXXX
EUR: T410SY0EXXX
Others: T410SY0XXXX
410M-XXX
410S-XXX
DF-XXXX
SDL-XX FIN-XX
PUN-XXX

FAX
ALL

-

-

F562-XXX
VX.XX/X.XX

2
2

ALL
ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X
VXXX.XXX X

2
2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL
ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X
VXXX.XXX X

2
2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

VXXX.XXX X

2

ALL

-

-

2

ALL

2
<1-2>

UTY

JPN: T410HD0JXXX
UC: T410HD0UXXX
EUR: T410HD0EXXX
Others: T410HD0XXXX
1: Valid
2: Invalid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 144
06/08

2

12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Initialization after software
ALL
version upgrade

Code

Classification

947

General

949

General

Automatic interruption
page setting during black
printing

ALL

0
<0-100>

SYS

950

Electronic
filing

Start-up method of Electronic Filing

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

951

User
interface

Image setting for Electronic
Filing printing (Only for
color image)

ALL

0
<0-3>

SYS

953

User
interface

Access code entry for
Electronic Filing printing

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

954

User
interface

Clearing timing for files and
Electronic Filing Agent

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

969

User
interface
User
interface

Error sound

ALL

SYS

Sound setting when
switching to Energy Saving
Mode

ALL

973

Network

PCL line feed code setting

PRT

1
<0-1>
EUR: 1
UC: 1
JPN: 0
<0-1>
0
<0-3>

975

General

Job handling when printing is short paid with coin
controller

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

976

Scanning Equipment name and user
name setting to a folder
when saving files

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

970

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

-

Perform this code when
the software in this
equipment has been
upgraded.
Sets the number of
pages to interrupt the
printing automatically.
0-100: 0 to 100 pages
Sets the start-up
method of the Electronic Filing.
0: Standard
1: Forced start-up
(Not recovered)
2: Forced start-up
(Recovered)
0: General
1: Photograph
2: Presentation
3: Line art
0: Renewed automatically
1: Enter every time
0: Immediately after
the completion of
scanning
1: Cleared by Auto
Clear
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON

3

Sets the PCL line feed
code.
0: Automatic setting
1: CR=CR, LF=LF
2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF
3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF
Sets whether pause or
stop the printing job
when it is short paid
using a coin controller.
0: Pause the job
1: Stop the job
Sets whether or not
adding the equipment
name and user name to
the folder when saving
files.
0: Not add
1: Add the equipment
name
2: Add the user name

1

SYS

SYS

1

1

1

1
1

1
1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 145
06/08

2

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Raw printing job
PRT
0
(Paper feeding drawer)
<0-5>

Code

Classification

978

Network

979

Network

Raw printing job
(PCL symbol set)

PRT

0
<0-39>

SYS

983

User
interface
General

JOB STATUS initial screen
setting
Copy function setting

ALL

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

SYS

986

PPC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 146
06/08

RAM
SYS

SYS

Contents
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:

AUTO
Upper drawer
Lower drawer
PFP upper drawer
PFP lower drawer
LCF
Roman-8
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1
ISO 8859/2 Latin 2
ISO 8859/9 Latin 5
PC-8, Code Page
437
5: PC-8 D/N, Danish/
Norwegian
6: PC-850, Multilingual
7: PC-852, Latin2
8: PC-8 Turkish
9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1
10: Windows 3.1 Latin 2
11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5
12: DeskTop
13: PS Text
14: Ventura International
15: Ventura US
16: Microsoft Publishing
17: Math-8
18: PS Math
19: Ventura Math
20: Pi Font
21: Legal
22: ISO 4: United Kingdom
23: ISO 6: ASCII
24: ISO 11
25: ISO 15: Italian
26: ISO 17
27: ISO 21: German
28: ISO 60: Danish/Norwegian
29: ISO 69: French
30: Windows 3.0 Latin 1
31: MC Text
32: PC Cyrillic
33: ITC Zapf Dingbats
34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6
35: PC-775
36: PC-1004
37: Symbol
38: Windows Baltic
39: Wingdings
0: Print
1: Private
Sets the copy function
to be invalid.
0: Valid
1: Invalid

Procedur
e
1

1

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

Items

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
0
<0-2>

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: Not switched
1: LG 13"LG
2: FOLIO 13"LG
This code can be also
keyed in from the
adjustment mode (05976).
10 digits
Refer to values of total
counter.
1: Not printed out
when the copier is
restarted
2: Printed out when
the copier is
restarted
1: Auto
2: 10MBPS Half
Duplex
3: 10MBPS Full
Duplex
4: 100MBPS Half
Duplex
5: 100MBPS Full
Duplex
1: Fixed IP address
2: Dynamic IP address
3: Dynamic IP address
without AutoIP
Maximum 96 letters
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1: Available
2: Not available
1: Automatic
2: IEEE802.3
3: Ethernet II
4: IEEE802.3 SNAP
5: IEEE802.2
1: Available
2: Not available
Maximum 32 letters
*: Wildcard character
1: Available
2: Not available
1: Available
2: Not available

988

Paper
feeding

Setting of paper size
switching to 13" LG

995

Maintenance

Equipment number
(serial number) display

ALL

0
<10 digits>

SYS

999

FSMS total counter

ALL

Selection of NIC board status information

ALL

0
<8 digits>
1
<1-2>

SYS

1002

Maintenance
Network

1003

Network

Communication speed and
settings of Ethernet

ALL

1
<1-5>

NIC

1006

Network

Address Mode

ALL

2
<1-3>

NIC

1007
1008

Network
Network

Domain name
IP address

ALL
ALL

-

NIC
NIC

1009

Network

Subnet mask

ALL

-

NIC

1010

Network

Gateway

ALL

-

NIC

1011

Network

Availability of IPX

ALL

NIC

1012

Network

Network frame type

ALL

1
<1-2>
1
<1-5>

1014

Network

Availability of AppleTalk

ALL

NIC

1015

Network

Zone setting of AppleTalk

ALL

1
<1-2>
*

1016

Network

Availability of LDAP

ALL

NIC

1017

Network

Availability of DNS

ALL

1
<1-2>
1
<1-2>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

NIC

NIC

NIC

NIC

Procedur
e
1
11

1
12

12

12

12
12

12

12

12
12

12
12
12
12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 147

2

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
IP address to DNS server
ALL
(Primary)

Code

Classification

1018

Network

1019

Network

IP address to DNS server
(Secondary)

ALL

-

NIC

1020

Network

DDNS Desired level

ALL

1
<1-5>

NIC

1022

Network

From Name Creation setting in SMTP authentication

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

1023

Network

NetBios name

ALL

MFP_
serial

UTY

1024

Network

Name of WINS server or IP
address (Primary)

ALL

-

UTY

1025

Network

Name of WINS server or IP
address (Secondary)

ALL

-

UTY

1026

Network

Availability of Bindery

ALL

NIC

1027

Network

Availability of NDS

ALL

1028
1029
1030

Network
Network
Network

Directory service context
Directory service tree
Availability of HTTP server

ALL
ALL
ALL

1031

Network

Port number to NIC HTTP
server

ALL

1032

Network

Port number to system
HTTP server

ALL

1037

Network

Availability of SMTP client

ALL

1038

Network

ALL

1039

Network

FQDN or IP address to
SMTP server
TCP port number of SMTP
client

1
<1-2>
1
<1-2>
1
<1-2>
80
<165535>
8080
<165535>
1
<1-2>
-

NIC

1040

Network

Availability of SMTP server

ALL

1041

Network

TCP port number of SMTP
server

ALL

25
<165535>
1
<1-2>
25
<165535>

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 148
05/11

RAM

Contents

NIC

000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1: Invalid
2: Via DHCP
3: Insecure DDNS
4: Secure DDNS
5: Multi-secure DDNS
0: Not edited
1: Account name of
From Address
+Device name
Maximum 15 letters
The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1: Available
2: Not available
1: Available
2: Not available
Maximum 127 letters
Maximum 47 letters
1: Available
2: Not available

NIC
NIC
NIC
NIC
NIC
NIC
NIC
NIC

UTY
UTY

Procedur
e
12

12

12

1

12

12

12

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

1: Available
2: Not available
Maximum 128 Bytes

12
12
12

1: Available
2: Not available

12
12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
E-mail box name to SMTP
ALL
server
Availability of Offramp
ALL
2
<1-2>
Offramp security
ALL
1
<1-2>
Printing at Offramp
ALL
1
<1-2>
Availability of POP3 clients
ALL
1
<1-2>
FQDN or IP address to
ALL
POP3 server
Types of POP3 server
ALL
1
<1-3>

Code

Classification

1042

Network

1043

Network

1044

Network

1045

Network

1046

Network

1047

Network

1048

Network

1049

Network

1050
1051

Network
Network

1052

Network

TCP port number of POP3
client

ALL

1055

Network

TCP port number of FTP
client

ALL

1059

Network

Availability of FTP server

ALL

1060

Network

TCP port number of FTP
server

ALL

1063

Network

MIB function

ALL

1065
1066

Network
Network

1069

Network

Setting of read Community
Setting of read/Write Community
TRAP destination IP
address

1070

Network

1073

Network

Community setting of
TRAP (via IP)
Availability of Raw/TCP

1074

Network

TCP port number of Raw

ALL

1075

Network

Availability of LPD client

ALL

1076

Network

TCP port number of LPD

ALL

1077
1078

Network
Network

LPD queue name
Availability of IPP

ALL
ALL

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Login name to POP3
server
Login password to POP3
E-mail reception interval

RAM

Contents

Procedur
e

UTY

Maximum 192 letters

12

UTY

1: Available
2: Not available
1: Available
2: Not available
1: Available
2: Not available
1: Available
2: Not available
Maximum 128 Bytes

12

UTY
UTY
NIC
NIC
NIC

ALL

-

NIC

1: Automatic
2: POP3
3: APOP
Maximum 96 letters

ALL
ALL

NIC
NIC

Maximum 96 letters
Unit: Minute

ALL
ALL

5
<0-4096>
110
<165535>
21
<165535>
1
<1-2>
21
<165535>
1
<1-2>
public
private

ALL

-

UTY

ALL

public

NIC

ALL

1
<1-2>
9100
<165535>
1
<1-2>
515
<165535>
1
<1-2>

NIC

12
12
12
12
12

12
12

12

NIC

12

UTY

12

NIC
UTY
NIC
NIC
NIC

NIC
NIC
NIC
NIC
NIC

1: Available
2: Not available

12

1: Valid
2: Invalid
Maximum 31 letters
Maximum 31 letters

12

000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
Maximum 31 letters

12

1: Valid
2: Invalid

12

1: Valid
2: Invalid

12

Maximum 31 letters
1: Valid
2: Invalid

12
12

12

12
12

12

12

12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 149

2

Code

Classification

1079

Network

1080

Network

1081

Network

1082
1083
1084

Network
Network
Network

1085

Network

1086

Network

1087

Network

1088

Network

1089

Network

1090
1091

Network
Network

1092

Network

1093

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Availability of IPP port
ALL
1
number 80
<1-2>
TCP port number of IPP
ALL
631
<165535>
IPP printer name
ALL
MFP_
serial

IPP printer location
IPP printer information
IPP printer information
(more)
Installer of IPP printer
driver
IPP printer Make and
Model
IPP printer information
(more)
MFGR
IPP message from operator
Availability of FTP print

RAM
NIC
NIC

Procedur
e

1: Valid
2: Invalid

12

12

12

ALL
ALL
ALL

-

NIC
NIC
NIC

Maximum 127 letters
The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
Maximum 127 letters
Maximum 127 letters
Maximum 127 letters

ALL

-

NIC

Maximum 127 letters

12

ALL

-

NIC

Maximum 127 letters

12

ALL

-

NIC

Maximum 127 letters

12

ALL

-

NIC

Maximum 127 letters

12

ALL

1
<1-2>
print
-

NIC

1: Available
2: Not available
Maximum 31 letters
Maximum 31 letters

12

21
<165535>
MFP_
serial

NIC

Printer user name of FTP
Printer user password of
FTP
TCP port number to FTP
print server

ALL
ALL

Network

Login name to Novell print
server

ALL

1094

Network

ALL

-

1095

Network

ALL

1096

Network

ALL

1097

Network

1098

Network

1099

Network

Login password to Novell
print server
Name of SearchRoot
server
Scan rate setting of print
queue
Page number limitation for
printing text of received
Email
MDN return mail setting
when receiving E-mail
Trap destination of IPX

ALL

ALL
ALL
ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 150
05/11

NIC

Contents

NIC
NIC

12
12
12
12

NIC

Maximum 47 letters
The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
Maximum 31 letters

-

NIC

Maximum 31 letters

12

5
<1-255>
5
<1-99>

NIC

Unit: Second

12

2
<1-2>
-

NIC

12
12
12

UTY
UTY
UTY

12

12
1: Valid
2: Invalid
24 letters
(Valid from 0 to 9 and
from A to F)

12
12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1100

Network

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Method of SMTP server
ALL
1
authentication
<1-7,10>

RAM

Procedur
e

ALL

-

NIC

ALL

-

NIC

Maximum 64 letters

12

Network

Login name for SMTP
server authentication
Login password for SMTP
server authentication
Rendezvous setting

1: Disable
2: Plain
3: Login
4; Cram-MD5
5: Digest MD5
6: Kerberos
7: NTLM
10: Auto
Maximum 64 letters

ALL

NIC

Network

Link local host name

ALL

1105

Network

Service name setting

ALL

Refer to
contents

NIC

1111

Network

POP Before SMTP setting

ALL

NIC

1112

Network

Host name

ALL

2
<1-2>
MFP_
serial

1113

Network

ALL

-

UTY

1114

Network

ALL

0: Invalid
1: Valid
Unit: Second

1

Network

1118
1119

General
Network

Clearing of TAT partition
Initialization of NIC information

ALL
ALL

1
<0-1>
300
<1-9999>
-

SYS

1117

Windows domain No.1 of
user authentication
Sending mail text of InternetFAX
SMB time-out period

1: Valid
2: Invalid
Maximum 127 letters
The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
Maximum 63 letters
The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"

e-STUDIO281C:
TOSHIBA
e-STUDIO281C_serial
e-STUDIO351C:
TOSHIBA
e-STUDIO351C_serial
e-STUDIO451C:
TOSHIBA
e-STUDIO451C_serial
1: Valid
2: Invalid
Maximum 63 letters
The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
Maximum 128 letters

12

1104

1
<1-2>
MFP_
serial

1121

Network

ALL

-

1122

Network

PDC (Primary Domain
Controller) name No.1 of
authentication
BDC (Backup Domain
Controller) name No.1 of
authentication

ALL

-

1101

Network

1102

Network

1103

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ALL

NIC

Contents

NIC

NIC

SYS
SYS
-

12

2

12

12

12

12
12

12

1
3
3

UTY

Initializes only the information of the Network
setting items.
Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 151
06/08

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Windows domain of device
ALL
4
authentication
<3-4>

Code

Classification

1123

Network

1124

Network

Workgroup name

ALL

1125

General

ALL

1126

Counter

1128

Network

1129

Network

1130

User
interface

Data writing of address
book data import
(overwriting method)
Validity of interrupt copying when external counters
are installed
NetwareUserAuthTree
Name1
NetwareUserAuthContext
Name1
Job Build Function

1131

User
interface

1132

RAM
UTY

Contents

Procedur
e

3: ON
(Domain selected)
4: OFF
(Work group
selected)
Maximum 15 letters

12

workgroup
0
<0-1>

UTY
SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

0: Invalid
1: Valid

1

ALL

-

UTY

Maximum 47 letters

12

ALL

-

UTY

Maximum 127 letters

12

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

1

Maximum number of time
job build performed

ALL

1000
<5-1000>

SYS

General

Default screen selection of
the User Function menu

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

1134

Network

ALL

-

UTY

1135

Paper
feeding

NetwareUserAuthTree
Name2
Default setting of drawers
(Printer/BOX)

Sets the Job Build
Function.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets the maximum
number of time a job
build has been performed.
5-1000: 5 to 1000 times
Selects the default
screen when entering
the User Function menu
by pressing the [USER
FUNCTIONS] button.
0: ADDRESS
1: COUNTER
Maximum 47 letters

ALL

1
<1-5>

SYS

1138

Network

LDAP search method setting

ALL

0
<0-3>

SYS

1139

Network

ALL

User
interface

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

SYS

1140

LDAP authentication setting
Restriction of the template
function with the administrator privilege

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 152
06/08

SYS

1: LCF
2: Upper drawer
3: Lower drawer
4: PFP upper drawer
5: PFP lower drawer
Sets the search method
when performing a
LDAP search.
0: Partial match
1: Prefix match
2: Suffix match
3: Full match
0: Not authenticated
1: Authenticated
Selects the restriction of
the template function
usage setting.
0: No restriction
1: Only available with
the administrator
privilege.

12

1

1

12
1

1

1
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1141

Network

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Display of MAC address
ALL
-

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

12

NetwareUserAuthContext
Name2
NetwareUserAuthTree
Name3
Counter notification
Remote FAX setting

ALL

-

UTY

(**:**:**:**:**:**)
The address is displayed as above (6-byte
data is divided by a
colon at every 2 bytes).
Maximum 127 letters

ALL

-

UTY

Maximum 47 letters

12

ALL

-

SYS

11

NetwareUserAuthContext
Name3
Image quality control time
accumulating counter

ALL

-

UTY

Maximum 32 digits
Enter a hyphen with the
[MONITOR/PAUSE]
button.
Maximum 127 letters

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

Image
processing

Accumulated counter of
output pages since the performing of image quality
control

ALL

0
<4 digits>

M

1372

Image
processing

Heater and energizing time
accumulating counter Display/0 clearing

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1378

Image
processing

Fuser roller ready temperature time accumulating
counter

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1380

Image
processing

Fuser roller printing temperature time accumulating
counter

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1143

Network

1144

Network

1145

Maintenance
(Remote)

1148

Network

1370

Image
processing

1371

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Counts driving count of
the drum (image quality control time).
Counts up when drum
motor and image quality
control are ON.
Cleared to 0 by the
image quality closedloop control. Counts up
with the number of
printing job received
after this control.
Counts up the heater
control time accumulated (when power of
the copier is ON) but
does not count at the
Sleep Mode. When the
counter value of the
fuser belt is cleared,
this counter value is
also cleared in sync at
PM support mode.
Counts up the heater
control time accumulated (on standby).
When the counter value
of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
Counts up the heater
control time accumulated (during printing).
When the counter value
of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.

2

2

12
1

2

1

2

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 153
05/11

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Fuser roller energy saving
ALL
0
temperature time accumu<8 digits>
lating counter Display/0
clearing

RAM

Contents

M

Counts up the heater
control time accumulated (at energy saving
mode). When the
counter value of the
fuser belt is cleared,
this counter value is
also cleared in sync at
PM support mode.
Counts up when the
registration sensor is
ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
Counts up when the
registration sensor is
ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
Counts up when the
registration sensor is
ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
Counts up when the
registration sensor is
ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
Does not count up
when cleaning is not
effective.
Counts the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the upper
drawer.
Counts the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the lower
drawer.
Counts the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the PFP
upper drawer.

1382

Image
processing

1385

Image
processing

Number of output pages
(Thick paper 1)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1386

Image
processing

Number of output pages
(Thick paper 2)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1387

Image
processing

Number of output pages
(Thick paper 3)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1388

Image
processing

Number of output pages
(OHP film)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1389

Main
charger

ALL

0
<5 digits>

M

1390

Paper
feeding

Main charger wire cleaning counter display/0 clearing
Feeding retry counter
(upper drawer)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1391

Paper
feeding

Feeding retry counter
(lower drawer)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1392

Paper
feeding

Feeding retry counter
(PFP upper drawer)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 154

Procedur
e
2

1

1

1

1

1
1

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

Items

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
0
<8 digits>

RAM

Contents

M

Counts the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the PFP
lower drawer.
Counts the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the bypass
tray.
Counts the number of
times of the feeding
retry from the LCF.
When the number of
feeding retry (08-1390
to 08-1395) exceeds
the setting value, the
feeding retry will not be
performed subsequently. In case 0 is
set as a setting value,
however, the feeding
retry continues regardless of the counter setting value.
Refer to (Note 1).

Procedur
e

1393

Paper
feeding

Feeding retry counter
(PFP lower drawer)

1394

Paper
feeding

Feeding retry counter
(bypass feed)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1395

Paper
feeding

Feeding retry counter
(LCF)

ALL

0
<8 digits>

M

1396

Paper
feeding

ALL

10
<8 digits>

M

1397

Paper
feeding

ALL

10
<8 digits>

M

1398

Paper
feeding

ALL

10
<8 digits>

M

1399

Paper
feeding

ALL

10
<8 digits>

M

1400

Paper
feeding

ALL

10
<8 digits>

M

1401

ALL

1

M

1

1412

Counter

10
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>
0
<8 digits>

M

1410

Paper
feeding
Counter

Feeding retry counter
upper limit value
(upper drawer)
Feeding retry counter
upper limit value
(lower drawer)
Feeding retry counter
upper limit value
(PFP upper drawer)
Feeding retry counter
upper limit value
(PFP lower drawer)
Feeding retry counter
upper limit value
(bypass feed)
Feeding retry counter
upper limit value (LCF)
Black toner cartridge drive
counts/0 clearing
Counter for tab paper

1414

Image
processing
Image
processing

Toner cartridge wrong
installation detection ON/
OFF setting
Detection/control that the
toner cartridge is nearly
empty

ALL

0
<0-1>

M

ALL

0
<0-2>

M

Image
processing

Threshold for detecting
that black toner cartridge is
nearly empty

ALL

322500
<8 digits>

M

1415

1416

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ALL
ALL

M

1

1

1
1
1
1
1
1

Counts up when the
registration sensor is
ON. When the counter
value of the fuser roller
is reset, this counter is
reset in sync at the PM
support mode.
0: ON
1: OFF

1

Sets ON or OFF of the
detection/control that
the toner cartridge is
nearly empty.
0: All colors (Y/M/C/K)
OFF
1: Black (K) ON
2: All colors (Y/M/C/K)
ON

1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 155
05/11

2

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
HDD data overwriting type
ALL
0
setting
<0-2>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Select the type of the
overwriting level; LOW,
MEDIUM, or HIGH for
deleting HDD data.
(This setting is enabled
only when the GP-1060
is installed.)
0: LOW
1: MEDIUM
2: HIGH
Select the type of the
overwriting level; LOW,
MEDIUM, or HIGH for
deleting HDD data.
(This setting is enabled
only when the GP-1060
is installed.)
0: LOW
1: MEDIUM
2: HIGH
HDD data is cleared in
the procedure set in 081424.
* This setting is
enabled only when
the GP-1060 is
installed.
When this code is performed, the equipment
cannot be started up.
* This setting is
enabled only when
the GP-1060 is
installed.
When this code is performed, the equipment
cannot be started up.
* This setting is
enabled only when
the GP-1060 is
installed.
This setting is not
reflected in "Right",
even if the value less
than 2 is set for "Back".

1422

Data
overwrite kit

1424

Data
overwrite kit

HDD data clearing type
setting (forcible clearing)

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

1426

Data
overwrite kit

Forcible HDD data clearing

ALL

-

-

1427

Data
overwrite kit

Forcible NVRAM data all
clearing

ALL

-

-

1428

Data
overwrite kit

Forcible SRAM backup
data all clearing

ALL

-

-

1429

User
interface

Margin width
(Top/Bottom, Left/Right)

ALL

SYS

1430

Margin width
(Bookbinding margin)
ACC
(AT_CASETTE_CHANGE)
for Printer/Box printing

ALL

1431

User
interface
Network

Front: 7/
Back: 7
<2-100/100-100>
14
<2-30>
1
<0-2>

1432

Network

Private-print-only mode

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 156
05/11

SYS
SYS

0: ACC prohibited
1: Only in the same
paper direction
2: In both same direction and different
directions
0: Normal
1: Private-print-only
mode

Procedur
e
1

1

3

3

3

10

1
1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1435

Network

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
"Disable private and proof
ALL
0
print save" function
<0-1>

RAM
SYS

1436

Network

"Disable fax save" function

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

1440

Network

IP Conflict Detect

ALL

1
<1-2>

-

1441

Network

SNTP Enable

ALL

2
<1-2>

-

1442

Network

SNTP Polling rate

ALL

-

1444

Network

Primary SNTP Address

ALL

24
<1-168>
-

-

1445

Network

Secondary SNTP Address

ALL

-

-

1446

Network

Port number to SNTP

ALL

-

1447

Network

IPP administrator name

ALL

123
<165535>
-

1448

Network

IPP administrator password

ALL

-

-

1449

Network

IPP authentication method

ALL

1
<1-4>

-

1450

Network

User name for IPP authentication

ALL

-

-

1451

Network

Password for IPP authentication

ALL

-

-

1464

Network

Samba server ON/OFF
setting

ALL

1
<1-4>

NIC

1468

General

User data management
limitation setting

ALL
(color)

0
<0-1>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

-

Contents
0: Function OFF (no
restriction on data
saving or other
operations)
1: Function ON (Data
saving or other
operations are
restricted)
0: Function OFF (no
restriction on data
saving or other
operations)
1: Function ON (Data
saving or other
operations are
restricted
OFF/ON
1: Valid
2: Invalid
OFF/ON
1: Valid
2: Invalid
Data obtaining interval
(Unit: Hour)
SNTP server IP
Address (Primary)
SNTP server IP
Address (Secondary)

This should be an
account which can control all IPP jobs.
This should be the
password of an account
which can control all
IPP jobs.
1: Disabled
2: Basic
3: Digest
4: Basic Digest
This should be the
account at the time IPP
authentication was performed.
This should be the
password of the
account at the time IPP
authentication was performed.
1: Samba enabled
2: Samba disabled
3: Print Share disabled
4: File Share disabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

Procedur
e
1

2

1

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

12

12

12

12

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 157
06/08

Code

Classification

1469

General

1470

General

1471

General

1472

General

1473

General

1474

General

1476

Network

1477

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
User data management
ALL
0
limitation Setting by num(color) <7 digits>
ber of printouts
Device authentication funcALL
0
tion setting
<0-1>
User authentication
ALL
0
method
<0-5>

RAM

0-9,999,999:
0-9,999,999 sheets

1

SYS

0:
1:
0:
1:
2:
3:

OFF
ON
Local
NTLM (NT Domain)
LDAP
Kerberos (Active
Directory)
4: Netware
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

1

0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0-9,999,999:
0-9,999,999 sheets

1

Some restrictions can
be given on the administrator for operating the
Address book.
0: No restriction
1: Can be operated
only under the
administrator's
authorization
0: No restriction
1: Can be set from
both of the Address
book and LDAP
server
2: Can be set only
from the Address
book
3: Can be set only
from the LDAP
server
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed

1

1: -4 2: -3
3: -2 4: -1
5: 0
6: +1
7: +2 8: +3 9: +4
All the user data in the
database and backup
files can be deleted.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
The data in the database is overwritten with
the data in the backup
file.

1

SYS

SYS

Network

Restriction on "To" ("cc")
address

ALL

0
<0-3>

SYS

1478

User
interface

ALL

User
interface

JPN: 0
UC: 1
<0-1>
5
<1-9>

SYS

1479

Display of paper size setting by installation operation of drawers
Default setting of sharpness

1481

General

User data management
clearing

ALL

-

-

1482

General

ALL

General

0
<0-1>
-

SYS

1483

User data department
management
User data recovery

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 158
05/11

Procedur
e

SYS

User data management
ALL
0
automatic registration func<0-1>
tion setting
User data management
ALL
0
limitation setting
(black)
<0-1>
User data management
ALL
0
limitation Setting by num(black) <7 digits>
ber of printouts
Restriction on Address
ALL
0
book operation by adminis<0-1>
trator

ALL

Contents

SYS
SYS
SYS

SYS

-

1

1

1

1

1

3
1
3

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1484

Network

1485

Network

1487

Network

1489

Network

1491

Network

1492

Paper
feeding

1493

Network

1494

1495

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Authentication method of
ALL
0
"Scan to Email"
<0-2>

RAM
SYS

Setting whether use of the
Internet FAX is permitted at
the time of authentication
"From" address assignment method at the time of
authentication

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

Setting for "From" address
edit at "Scan to Email"
E-mail domain name

ALL

0
<0-1>
-

SYS

Detection method of 13"
LG for single-size document
Role Base Access Function

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

General

Limitation check method

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Maintenance

Service call checking
period setting

ALL

6
<0-12>

-

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ALL

SYS

Contents

Procedur
e

0: Disabled
1: SMTP authentication
2: LDAP authentication
0: Not permitted
1: Permitted

1

0: User name + @ +
Domain name
1: LDAP searching
2: Use the address
registered at "From"
field of E-mail setting
0: Not permitted
1: Permitted
96 + 2 (delimiter) character
* ASCll sequence
only
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

1

0: Function off (No
restriction on data
saving and other
operations)
1: Function on (Data
saving and other
operations have
some restrictions)
0: Checked at every
page printed
1: Checked at every
job printed
0: No checking period
specified (= Calls
service technician
immediately)
0: 10 minutes
1: 30 minutes
3: 1 hour
4: 6 hours
5: 12 hours
6: 24 hours
7: 48 hours
8: 7 days
9: 1 month
10: 1 year
11: 5 years
12: Not limited (= Calls
service technician if
such error has
occurred in the past
even once or more)

2
1

1
11

1
1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 159
06/08

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Operation setting for User
ALL
1
authentication/registration
<0-1>

Code

Classification

1496

General

1497

Elece-Filing Access Mode (for
tronic Fil- Client)
ing
FAX
Inbound FAX function
(Forwarding by TSI)

1498

1530-0

Number of
output pages
in black mode

Contents

SYS

0 : Disables operation
setting for User
authentication/registration
1 : Enables operation
setting for User
authentication/registration
0: Mode 1
1: Mode 2
2: Mode 3
0: OFF
(Function disabled)
1: ON
(Function enabled)
Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the black mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the black mode.

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

FAX

1
<0-1>

SYS

1-UP /
Duplex
printing
2-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1530-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1530-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1530-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1530-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1530-1

Counter

RAM

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 160
06/08

Procedur
e
1

1
1

4
4

4

4

4

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1531-0

Counter

1531-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of
1-UP /
PPC
0
output pages
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
in full color
printing
mode
2-UP /
PPC
0
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
printing

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the full color
mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the full color mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the twin color
mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the twin color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
twin color mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the twin color mode
using [4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
twin color mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the twin color mode.

SYS

1531-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1531-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1531-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1531-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing
1-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

2-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1532-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1532-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1532-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1532-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1532-0

Counter

1532-1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Number of
output pages
in twin color
mode

Procedur
e
4

4

4

4

4

4
4

4

4

4

4

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 161
06/08

2

Code

Classification

1533-0

Counter

1533-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of
1-UP /
PRT
0
output pages
Duplex
(black) <8 digits>
of the printer printing
or BOX
2-UP /
PRT
0
Duplex
(black) <8 digits>
printing

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
* When printing is
performed using a
Windows driver, the
1-UP image will be
output.
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[N IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using [N
IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the black mode.

SYS

1533-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1533-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1533-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1533-5

N-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1533-6

N-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1533-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 162
06/08

Procedur
e
4
4

4

4

4

4

4

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1534-0

Counter

1534-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of
1-UP /
PRT
0
output pages
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
of the printer printing
or BOX
(Full color)
2-UP /
PRT
0
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
printing

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the full color
mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT].
* When printing is
performed using a
Windows driver, the
1-UP image will be
output.
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [N IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using [N
IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the full color mode.
Counts the number of
sheets in the default
settings.

4

SYS

1534-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1534-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1534-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1534-5

N-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1534-6

N-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1534-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing
1-UP /
Duplex
printing
1-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

FAX
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

FAX
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

1535-0

Counter

Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN

Number of
output pages
of the FAX
printing
(1-UP /
Duplex printing)
Wireless LAN driver
SSID
Wireless LAN driver
Network type
Wireless LAN driver
Security

Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN driver
Encryption system
Wireless LAN driver
Transmission output power

1535-7

1661
1662
1663

1664
1665

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e

RAM

4

4

4

4

4

4

4
4
4

ALL

-

-

Maximum 32 letters

12

ALL

1
<1-2>
4
<1-7>

-

12

1
<1-3>
1
<1-5>

-

1: Infrared wireless LAN
2: Ad-hoc network
1: 802.1x 2: WPA-PSK
3: WEP 4: NONE
5: WPA 6: WPA2
7: WPA2PSK
1: TKIP 2: AES
3: Dynamic WEP
1: 100% 2: 50%
3: 25%
4: 12.5%
5: min

ALL

ALL
ALL

-

-

12

12
12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 163
06/08

2

Code
1666
1667

1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679

Classification
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN

Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Wireless LAN driver
ALL
1
Transmission rate
<1-2>
Wireless LAN driver
ALL
1
Transmission rate value
<1-12>

Wireless LAN driver
Operation channel
Wireless LAN driver
Operation channel value
Wireless LAN driver
WEP bit number
Wireless LAN driver
WEP key entry system
Wireless LAN driver
WEP key value
Wireless LAN driver
WPA-PSK passphrase
Wireless LAN driver
Sleep mode setting
Wireless LAN driver
Slot-time limitation
Wireless LAN driver
Number of times of software retry
Wireless LAN driver
Preamble
Wireless LAN driver
Operation mode
Wireless LAN supplicant
Wireless LAN setting

ALL

RAM

1: Auto

2: Manual

12

-

1: 1
3: 5.5
5: 6
7: 12
9: 24
10: 36
11: 48
12: 54
1: Auto

2: 2
4: 11
6: 9
8: 18

12

2: Manual

12

-

ALL
ALL
ALL

ALL
ALL

ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL

-

2: ASCII

12

-

Maximum 32 letters

12

-

-

Maximum 64 letters

12

1
<1-3>
1
<1-2>
5
<0-1000>

-

1: Off
2: Max
3: Normal
1: Long 2: Short

12

1
<1-2>
1
<1-3>
1
<1-3>

-

1: Long

2: Longshort

12

-

1: All
2: 11b
3: 11g
This setting is whether
the wireless LAN connection is enabled or
disabled.
1: Unset 2: Enabled
3: Disabled
This should be the path
name in full where the
client certificate is
located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
This should be the path
name in full where the
client certificate is
located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
This should be the path
name in full where the
CA self-certificate is
located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
This should be the user
name when the EAPTLS is used.

12

-

-

Wireless LAN supplicant
Path name for client certificate

ALL

-

-

1682

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Path name for secret key
of client certificate

ALL

-

-

1684

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Path name for CA self-certificate

ALL

-

-

1685

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
EAP user name

ALL

-

-

06/08

2: 128

12

-

Wireless
LAN

2 - 164

12
1:64
3: 152
1: Hex

1681

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

Procedur
e

-

1
<1-2>
1
<1-11>
1
<1-3>
2
<1-2>
-

ALL

Contents

12
12

12

12

12

12

12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

1686

Wireless
LAN

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Wireless LAN supplicant
ALL
EAP user name

1689

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Authentication interval

ALL

30
<3065535>

-

1690

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Holding interval

ALL

60
<6065535>

M

1691

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
EAPOL-Start
Number of times of packet
retry

ALL

3
<165535>

M

1692

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Session resume

ALL

2
<1-2>

-

1693

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
MAC Frame size

ALL

1398
<1-1398>

-

1696

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Device file setting for
obtaining random number

ALL

/dev/
urandom

-

1697

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
CRL directory designation

ALL

-

-

1699

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
EAP authentication type

ALL

1
<1-3>

-

1700

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
CN name

ALL

-

-

Code

Classification

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM

Contents

-

This should be the user
name when the PEAP
is used.
This should be the timeout interval between
EAP responses.
30: 30 seconds
The EAP authentication will start after having been waited in this
period when an EAP
failure was received.
60: 60 seconds
When an EAPOL-Start
packet has been sent
and the request ID cannot be received, this
EAPOL-Start packet will
be re-sent for the number of times set in this
code.
3: 3 times
This setting is whether
the pre-master key
should be updated or
not upon a TLS renegotiation.
1: Session is resumed
2: Session is not
resumed
This is a MAC frame
size used in the wireless LAN connection.
The data is fragmented
into this size.
1398: 1398 bytes
This should be the
device file name which
can obtain a seed to initialize the WEP PRNG
for xsupplicant.
(Maximum 255 letters)
This should be the path
name of the directory in
full where the CRL file
is located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
This setting is for the
EAP authentication
type which xsupplicant
can authenticate.
1: EAP-TLS 2: PEAP
3: EAP-TLS and PEAP
This should be an
authentication server
name (basically a
domain name in full).
(Maximum 255 letters)

Procedur
e
12
12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 165
06/08

2

Code
1701
1704

Classification
Wireless
LAN
Wireless
LAN

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Wireless LAN supplicant
ALL
1
CN name check
<1-2>
Wireless LAN supplicant
ALL
0
Update interval of PTK
<0-720>
(Pairwise Transient Key)

RAM
1: NO

-

The update interval of a
secret key across AP
(Access Point) and STA
(Station) can be set.
This interval is for
updating the secret key
from STA.
0: Not updated
1-720: 1-720 minutes of
interval
The Ack bit and request
bit of EAPOL-Key is
checked.
1: Not checked
2: Checked
A higher priority is given
to the xsupplicant task
when a 4-way handshake is started.
1: Priority not changed
2: Priority changed
The encryption capability output in TLS clientHello message can be
selected.
1: LOW 2: MIDDLE
3: HIGH
These are the security
level which can be
selected from the user
interface. This setting is
not applied in case of
PEAP. ("LOW" and
"MIDDLE" is mandatory for PEAP)
1: LOW + MIDDLE +
HIGH
2: MIDDLE + HIGH
3: HIGH
0: OFF
1: ON
Maximum 32 letters

12

0: Not allowed
1: Allowed
0: Security function
OFF
1: Security function
ON
Maximum 8 digits
(8-digit sequence)
This setting is valid only
when the bluetooth
security function is ON.

1

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Strict packet check

ALL

1
<1-2>

-

1706

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Priority change at 4-way
handshake

ALL

1
<1-2>

-

1707

Wireless
LAN

Wireless LAN supplicant
Security level

ALL

1
<1-3>

-

Selectable security level
(EAP-TLS)

ALL

1
<1-3>

-

Bluetooth
Bluetooth
Bluetooth
Bluetooth

Bluetooth
ON/OFF setting
Bluetooth
Device name
Bluetooth
Discovery
Bluetooth
Security

ALL

1
<0-1>
MFP

SYS

1
<0-1>
1
<0-1>

SYS

Bluetooth

Bluetooth
PIN

ALL

0000

SYS

1710
1711
1712
1713

1714

ALL
ALL
ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 166
06/08

SYS

SYS

2: YES

Procedur
e

-

1705

1708

Contents

12

12

12

12

12

1
11

1

11

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1715

Classification
Bluetooth

1719

Bluetooth

1720

Items
Bluetooth
Data encryption

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
1
<0-1>

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: Not encrypted
1: Encrypted
This setting is valid only
when the bluetooth
security function is ON.
0: Fit page
1: 1/2 size
2: 1/4 size
3: 1/8 size
IP filter minimum area 1
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
1
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 2
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
2
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 3
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
3
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 4
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
4
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 5
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)

Bluetooth
BIP Paper type

ALL

0
<0-3>

SYS

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 1)

ALL

-

-

1721

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 1)

ALL

-

-

1722

Network

IP address range for IP filter I
(Minimum area 2)

ALL

-

-

1723

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 2)

ALL

-

-

1724

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 3)

ALL

-

-

1725

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 3)

ALL

-

-

1726

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 4)

ALL

-

-

1727

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 4)

ALL

-

-

1728

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 5)

ALL

-

-

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
1

2
1

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 167
06/08

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
IP address range for IP filALL
ter
(Maximum area 5)

Code

Classification

1729

Network

1730

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 6)

ALL

-

-

1731

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 6)

ALL

-

-

1732

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 7)

ALL

-

-

1733

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 7)

ALL

-

-

1734

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 8)

ALL

-

-

1735

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 8)

ALL

-

-

1736

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 9)

ALL

-

-

1737

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Maximum area 9)

ALL

-

-

1738

Network

IP address range for IP filter
(Minimum area 10)

ALL

-

-

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 168

RAM

Contents

-

IP filter maximum area
5
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 6
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
6
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 7
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
7
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 8
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
8
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area 9
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter maximum area
9
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
IP filter minimum area
10
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)

Procedur
e
12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1739

Network

1740

Network

1741

Network

1742

Network

1743

Network

1744

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
IP address range for IP filALL
ter
(Maximum area 10)

SSL setting
SSL ftp server OFF/ON
SSL setting
HTTP server port number

ALL

SSL setting
IPP server OFF/ON setting
SSL setting
IPP server port number

ALL

Network

SSL setting
SSL ftp server OFF/ON

ALL

1745

Network

SSL setting
SSL ftp server Port

ALL

1746

Network

SSL setting
SSL LDAP Client OFF/ON

ALL

1747

Network

SSL setting
SSL LDAP Client Port

ALL

1748

Network

SSL setting
SSL POP3 Client OFF/ON

ALL

1749

Network

SSL setting
SSL POP3 Client Port

ALL

1750

Network

SSL setting
SSL SMTP Client OFF/ON

ALL

1751

Network

SSL setting
SSL SMTP Client Port

ALL

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ALL

ALL

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

-

IP filter maximum area
10
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
SSL HTTP server port
number

12

1: Enabled
2: Disabled
SSL IPP server port
number

12

OFF/ON
1: Valid
2: Invalid
Port number to FTP
Server

12

OFF/ON
1: Valid
2: Invalid
3: Use imported certificate
Port number to LDAP
Server

12

OFF/ON
1: Valid
2: Invalid
3: Use imported certificate
Port number to POP3
Server

12

2: Invalid
3: Accept all certificates of SMTP with
TLS (STARTTLS)
server
4: Accept all certificates of SMTPS
(SMTP OverSSL)
server
5: Use imported certificates of SMTP with
TLS (STARTTLS)
server
6: Use imported certificates of SMTPS
(SMTP OverSSL)
server
Port number to SMTP
Server

12

2
<1-2>
10443
<165535>
2
<1-2>
443
<165535>
2
<1-2>

-

990
<165535>
2
<1-3>

-

636
<165535>
2
<1-3>

-

995
<165535>
2
<2-6>

-

465
<165535>

-

-

-

-

-

2
12
12

12

12

12

12

12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 169
06/08

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Enabling server's IP
ALL
2
address acquired by DHCP
<1-2>

Code

Classification

1755

Network

1756

Network

Enabling server's IP
address acquired by DHCP

ALL

2
<1-2>

-

1757

Network

Enabling server's IP
address acquired by DHCP

ALL

1
<1-2>

-

1762

Network

Enabling server's IP
address acquired by DHCP

ALL

2
<1-2>

-

1764

Wireless
LAN

ALL

-

1765

Wireless
LAN

ALL

1766

Wireless
LAN

1767

Network

Wireless LAN supplicant
Control sequence setting
of "Cipher Suite"
Wireless LAN supplicant
Path name for user certificate
Wireless LAN supplicant
Path name entered for CA
self-certificate
Enabling server's IP
address acquired by DHCP

1768

Network

Previous IP address

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

-

12

-

Domain Name Server
option (6)
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
NetBIOS over TCP/IP
Name Server option
(44) = Primary and
Secondary Wins NAME
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
The Host Name Vendor Extension option
(12)
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
This value is used only
when DHCP is enabled.
SNTP Server Option
(42) NTP Server
Address
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
Maximum 255 letters

-

-

Maximum 63 letters

12

ALL

-

-

Maximum 63 letters

12

ALL

2
<1-2>

SYS

12

ALL

-

-

DNS domain name
Option (15) DNS
domain name of the client
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
000.000.000.000255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 170
06/08

12

12

12

12

12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1778

General

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Hang-up period of control
ALL
1
panel at the 3rd misentry of
<0-7>
administrator's password

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: No hang-up
1: 0.5 minutes (= 30
seconds)
2: 1 minute
3: 3 minutes
4: 5 minutes
5: 10 minutes
6: 15 minutes
7: 30 minutes
0: Local directory
1: REMOTE 1
2: REMOTE 2
Sets the notification
method of scan job
completion.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Sets the naming
method of the file of
"Save as file" and Email
transmission.
0: [FileName]-[Data][Page]
1: [FileName]-[Page][Data]
2: [Data]-[FileName][Page]
3: [Data]-[Page]-[FileName]
4: [Page]-[FileName][Data]
5: [Page]-[Data]-[FileName]
6: [HostName]_[Data][Page]
Sets the data display
format of the file of
"Save as file" and Email
transmission.
0: [YYYY][MM][DD]
[HH][mm][SS]
1: [YY][MM][DD]
[HH][mm][SS]
2: [YYYY][MM][DD]
3: [YY][MM][DD]
4: [HH][mm][SS]
5: [YYYY][MM][DD]
[HH][mm][SS][mm0]

1779

Network

Default data saving directory of "Scan to File"

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

1781-0

Network

Notification of
scan job

When job
completed
On error

ALL

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

SYS

1781-1

ALL

SYS

1782

Network

File name format of "Save
as file" and Email transmission

ALL

0
<0-6>

SYS

1783

Network

Date display format of the
file name of "Save as file"
and Email transmission

ALL

0
<0-5>

SYS

Procedur
e
1

2

1
4
4
1

1

The order of [YY], [MM]
and [DD] varies
depending on the setting of the code 08-640
(Data display format).

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 171
06/08

Code

Classification

1784

Network

1785

Network

1786

Network

1800-0

Image
processing

1800-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Single page data saving
ALL
0
directory at "Save as file"
<0-1>

Page number display format of the file of "Save as
file" and Email transmission
Extension (suffix) format of
the file of "Save as file"

1802-0

1802-1

1802-2

1911

Finisher

1912

Finisher

1913

General

1914

General

1915

Network

1916

General

SYS

Sets the directory
where the file of "Save
as file" is saved.
0: Save it under a subfolder
1: Save it without creating a subfolder
Sets the digit of a page
number attached on the
file.
3-6: 3-6 digits
Sets the extension digits of the file to be
saved.
3: Auto
4: 4 digits
5: 5 digits
6: 6 digits
Sets the motor driving
time of the developer
unit at the time of the
color toner forced supply.
0-255: Setting value x
0.1 seconds
Sets the number of
times of the color toner
forced supply.
Sets the performing
level of the developer
material stabilizing
operation.
Set the interval time
between performances
of developer material
stabilizing operation.
Set the number of
repeating times of the
developer material stabilizing operation.
3-30sec.
(In increments of 1sec.)
0: MJ-1023
1: MJ-1101

4
<3-6>

SYS

ALL

3
<3-6>

SYS

ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)
ALL
(color)

70
<0-255>
70
<0-255>
70
<0-255>

M

ALL
(color)

7
<1-10>

M

Level

ALL

3
<2-8>

M

Pattern
interval

ALL

50
<0-100>

M

Number of
repeating
time

ALL

10
<0-20>

M

Manual stapling time-out
period
Finisher model switching
setting value
Page number addition on
multipage file names of
"File/Email"
Maximum number of decimals in extension fields
Filing size for Network
scanning function

ALL

15
<3-30>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

M

Default saving/attachment
files of "File/Email"

ALL

Color toner
forced supply
time setting

Y
M
C

Image
processing
Image
processing

Contents

ALL

1800-2
1801

RAM

Color toner forced supply
count setting
Start up setting of the
developer
material stabilizing mode.

ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 172
06/08

M
M

M
SYS

2
<0-255>
0
<0-1>

SYS

0
<0-1>

SYS

SYS

Procedur
e
1

1

1

4
4
4
1
4

4

4

1
1
1
1

0: Eliminates 2 mm
from circumference
(Void: 2 mm)
1: No space eliminated
(Void: 0 mm)

1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1920

Network

1921

Network

1922

Network

1923

Network

1924

Network

1925

Network

1926

FAX

1928

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Device domain name of
ALL
device authentication
Windows domain No. 2 of
ALL
user authentication
Windows domain No. 3 of
ALL
user authentication
LDAP authentication
ALL
1
Server type
<1-2>
LDAP authentication
ALL
User attribute
Execution of user authentiALL
2
cation when the user ID is
<0-2>
not entered

RAM

Procedur
e

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

NIC

1: Windows Server
2: Not Windows Server
Sets a user attribute
name.
0: Forcible execution
1: Execution impossible (pooled in the
invalid queue)
2: Forcible deletion
Sets on or off of the
printing function of special sheets such as tab
or cover sheet of FAX,
Email or list print.
0: Function off
1: Function on

12

0: QWERTY layout
(for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
0: QWERTY layout
(for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
0: QWERTY layout
(for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
0: QWERTY layout
(for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
0: QWERTY layout
(for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
0: QWERTY layout
(for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
0: QWERTY layout
(for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout

1

NIC
SYS

Tab/cover sheet printing at
FAX reception
Printing stop function

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

Network

Role Based Access
LDAP search index

ALL

SYS

1929

User
interface

Key arrangement for language 1

ALL

0
<04294967
295>
0
<0-2>

1930

User
interface

Key arrangement for language 2

ALL

1
<0-2>

SYS

1931

User
interface

Key arrangement for language 3

ALL

SYS

1932

User
interface

Key arrangement for language 4

ALL

EUR: 2
UC: 0
JPN: 0
<0-2>
0
<0-2>

1933

User
interface

Key arrangement for language 5

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

1934

User
interface

Key arrangement for language 6

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

1935

User
interface

Key arrangement for language 7

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Contents

SYS

SYS

12
1

1

5

1

1

1

1

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 173
06/08

2

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
AppleTalk device name
ALL
MFPserial

Code

Classification

1936

Network

1937

Network

User name and password
at user authentication or
"Save as file"

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

1938

General

Reformatting process due
to a version change of SYS
ROM

ALL

<0-2>

-

1941

Bluetooth

Bluetooth
BIP Paper size

ALL

EUR: 6
UC: 2
JPN: 6
<0-13>

SYS

1950

Network

SMB signature for SMB
server

ALL

1
<0-3>

UTY

1951

Network

SMB signature for SMB client

ALL

1
<0-3>

UTY

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 174
06/08

RAM

Contents

UTY

Maximum 32 letters
The Network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial".
0: User name and
password of the
device
1: User name and
password at the
user authentication
(Template registration information
comes first when a
template is
retrieved.)
2: User name and
password at the
user authentication
(User information of
the authentication
comes first when a
template is
retrieved.)
Use this setting to reformat the specific partition whose file system
has been changed in
Ver.2, at the version up/
downgrade of the SYS
ROM.
No reformatting process shall be used in
any cases other than
this version change.
0: Waiting (No reformatting)
1: dosFs to catFs (Version upgrade from
Ver.1 to Ver.2 or
later)
2: catFs to dosFs (Version downgrade
from Ver.2 or later to
Ver.1)
0: Ledger 1: Legal
2: Letter 3: Computer
4: Statement 5: A3
6: A4
7: A5
8: A6
9: B4
10: B5
11: Folio
12: Legal13"
13: LetterSquare
1: Auto
2: Valid
3: Invalid
1: Auto
2: Valid
3: Invalid

Procedur
e
12

1

7

12
12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Device name for device
ALL
authentication
Password for the device
ALL
name used for device
authentication
PDC2 of user authenticaALL
tion
BDC2 of user authenticaALL
tion
PDC3 of user authenticaALL
tion
BDC3 of user authenticaALL
tion
PDC of device authenticaALL
tion
BDC of device authenticaALL
tion
KS Filter operation mode
ALL
0
<0-1>
KS/KSSM setting all clearALL
ing

Code

Classification

1952

Network

1953

Network

1954

Network

1955

Network

1956

Network

1957

Network

1958

Network

1959

Network

1960

General

1961

General

1963

General

KS Filter Emulation Mode

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

1964

General

KS Filter Paper Size

ALL

1
<0-5>

SYS

1965

General

KS Filter Orientation

ALL

SYS

1966

General

KS Filter Copies

ALL

1967

General

KS Paper Source

ALL

1968

General

KS Duplex Mode

ALL

1970

General

KS CPI (English CPI/
Hangle CPI)

ALL

0
<0-1>
1
<1-999>
0
<0-1>
0
<0-2>
1
<0-10>

1971

General

KS LPI

ALL

60
<30-160>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM

Contents

Procedur
e

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

UTY

Maximum 128 letters

12

SYS

0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Does not reset the
value of the code 081960 but resets those
of the codes 08-1963 to
1994.
0: Auto
1: KS
2: KSSM
0: A3
1: A4
2: B4
3: B5
4: Letter
5: Legal
0: Portrait
1: Landscape

1

-

SYS

3

1
1

1
1

SYS

1

SYS

1

SYS

0: (5/10)
1: (6/12)
2: (6.7/13.3)
3: (6.9/13.8)
4: (7.5/15)
5: (8.3/16.7)
6: (9/18)
7: (10/10)
8: (10/20)
9: (12/24)
10: (15/30)
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "45" for a
font size 4.5.)

1

1

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 175
06/08

2

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
0
<0-5>

Code

Classification

1972

General

KS Type Face

1973

General

KS Font Size

ALL

96
<96-160>

SYS

1974

General

KS Zoom

ALL

SYS

1975

General

KS CR/LF Mode

ALL

100
<20-400>
2
<0-3>

1976

General

KS Top Margin

ALL

0
<0-50>

SYS

1977

General

KS Left Margin

ALL

0
<0-50>

SYS

1978

General

KS Auto Wrap

ALL

SYS

1979

General

KS Han Mode

ALL

1980

General

KS Han Code

ALL

1984

General

KSSM CPI
(English CPI/ Hangle CPI)

ALL

0
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
1
<0-10>

1985

General

KSSM LPI

ALL

60
<30-160>

SYS

Items

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 176
06/08

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: MYUNGJO
1: GOTHIC
2: GUNGSEO
3: GULLIM
4: GRAPH
5: SAMMUL
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "100" for a
font size 10.0.)

1

0: CR->CR,
LF->LF
1: CR->CR+LF,
LF->LF
2: CR->CR,
LF->CR+LF
3: CR->CR+LF,
LF->CR+LF
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: Wansung
1: Johap
0: (5/10)
1: (6/12)
2: (6.7/13.3)
3: (6.9/13.8)
4: (7.5/15)
5: (8.3/16.7)
6: (9/18)
7: (10/10)
8: (10/20)
9: (12/24)
10: (15/30)
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "45" for a
font size 4.5.)

1

SYS

SYS
SYS
SYS

1

1

1

1

1
1
1
1

1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

1986

General

Items
KSSM Type Face

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
0
<0-5>

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: MYUNGJO
1: GOTHIC
2: GUNGSEO
3: GULLIM
4: GRAPH
5: SAMMUL
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "100" for a
font size 10.0.)

1

0: CR->CR,
LF->LF
1: CR->CR+LF,
LF->LF
2: CR->CR,
LF->CR+LF
3: CR->CR+LF,
LF->CR+LF
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
Key in the value 10
times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
0: OFF
1: ON
0: OFF
1: ON
0: Wansung
1: Johap
Applied to the device
authentication

1

2

1987

General

KSSM Font Size

ALL

96
<96-160>

SYS

1988

General

KSSM Zoom

ALL

SYS

1989

General

KSSM CR/LF Mode

ALL

100
<20-400>
2
<0-3>

1990

General

KSSM Top Margin

ALL

0
<0-50>

SYS

1991

General

KSSM Left Margin

ALL

0
<0-50>

SYS

1992

General

KSSM Auto Wrap

ALL

SYS

1993

General

KSSM Han Mode

ALL

1994

General

KSSM Han Code

ALL

3722

Network

ALL

3723

Network

ALL

30
<1-180>

NIC

Applied to the user
authentication

12

3724

Network

ALL

1
<1-3>

NIC

Network

ALL

NIC

3726

Network

IPP active connection

ALL

3727

Network

LPD max connection

ALL

3728

Network

LPD active connection

ALL

3729

Network

ATalk PS max Connection

ALL

16
<1-16>
10
<1-16>
10
<1-16>
10
<1-16>
10
<1-16>

1: Auto
2: Kerberos
3: NTLMv2

12

3725

Device authentication
PDC/BDC time-out period
(Unit: Seconds)
User authentication PDC/
BDC time-out period (Unit:
Seconds)
Windows domain authentication of device/user
authentication
IPP max connection

0
<0-1>
1
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
60
<1-180>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

SYS

SYS
SYS
NIC

1

1

1

1

1
1
1
12

12

NIC

12

NIC

12

NIC

12

NIC

12

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 177
06/08

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ATalk PS active ConnecALL
10
tion
<1-16>
Raw TCP max connection
ALL
10
<1-16>
Raw TCP active connecALL
10
tion
<1-16>
DNS Client Time Out
ALL
60
<1-180>

Code

Classification

3730

Network

3731

Network

3732

Network

3736

Network

3737

Network

DDNS Client Time Out

ALL

60
<1-180>

NIC

3738

Network

HTTP Client Time Out

ALL

60
<1-180>

NIC

3739

Network

FTP Client Time Out
(SCAN)

ALL

30
<1-180>

NIC

3740

Network

SNTP Client Time Out

ALL

30
<1-180>

NIC

3741

Network

SMTP Client Time Out

ALL

30
<1-180>

NIC

3742

Network

POP3 Client Time Out

ALL

30
<1-180>

NIC

3743

Network

LDAP Client Time Out

ALL

30
<1-180>

NIC

3744

Network

POP3 Authentication
method

ALL

1
<1-3>

NIC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 178
06/08

RAM

Contents

Procedur
e

NIC

12

NIC

12

NIC

12

NIC

Use when a timeout
occurred at DNS client
connection
Use when a timeout
occurred at DDNS client connection
Use when a timeout
occurred at HTTP client connection
Use when a timeout
occurred at FTP client
connection
Use when a timeout
occurred at SNTP client
connection
Use when a timeout
occurred at SMTP client
connection
Use when a timeout
occurred at POP3 client
connection
Use when a timeout
occurred at LDAP client connection
POP3 authentication
method setting
1: Disable (Default)
2: NTLM
3: Kerberos

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

6810-0

Counter

6810-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of
1-UP /
PPC
0
output pages
Duplex
(black) <8 digits>
in black mode printing
/ Large size
2-UP /
PPC
0
Duplex
(black) <8 digits>
printing

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the black mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the black mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the full color
mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the full color mode.

SYS

6810-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6810-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6810-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6810-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing
1-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

2-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6811-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6811-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6811-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6811-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6811-0

Counter

6811-1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Number of
output pages
in full color
mode / Large

Procedur
e
4
4

4

4

4

4
4

4

4

4

4

4

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 179
06/08

2

Code

Classification

6812-0

Counter

6812-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of
1-UP /
PPC
0
output pages
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
in twin color
printing
mode / Large
2-UP /
PPC
0
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
printing

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the twin color
mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the twin color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
twin color mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the twin color mode
using [4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
twin color mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the twin color mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the black mode using
[N IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the
black mode using [N
IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the black mode.

SYS

6812-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6812-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6812-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6812-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing
1-UP /
Duplex
printing
2-UP /
Duplex
printing

PPC
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6813-0
6813-1

Counter

Number of
output pages
of the printer
or BOX /
Large

6813-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6813-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6813-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6813-5

N-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6813-6

N-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

6813-7

1-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
0
(black) <8 digits>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 180
06/08

Procedur
e
4

4

4

4

4

4
4
4

4

4

4

4

4

4

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code

Classification

6814-0

Counter

6814-1

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of
1-UP /
PRT
0
output pages
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
of the printer
printing
or BOX /
Large
2-UP /
PRT
0
(Full color)
Duplex
(color) <8 digits>
printing

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages printed
only in the full color
mode.
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [4IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using
[4IN1].
Counts the number of
output pages printed in
the full color mode
using [N IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed in the full
color mode using [N
IN1].
Counts the number of
sheets printed only in
the full color mode.
Counts the number of
output pages in the
default settings.

4

0: No change of manual unpacking
adjustment
1: OFF status of manual unpacking
adjustment flag
2: Returns to the initial
unpacking mode
0: OFF
1: ON

1

0:
1:
0:
1:

1

SYS

6814-2

2-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6814-3

4-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6814-4

4-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6814-5

N-UP /
Duplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

6814-6

N-UP /
Simplex
printing

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

1-UP /
Simplex
printing
Number of
1-UP /
output pages
Simplex
of the FAX
printing
printing /
1-UP /
Large
Duplex
printing
Process control flag setting
of easy setup (manual
unpacking adjustment)

PRT
(color)

0
<8 digits>

SYS

FAX

0
<8 digits>

SYS

FAX

0
<8 digits>

SYS

ALL

0
<0-2>

SYS

Raw printing job
(Blank page will not be
printed)
Printing resume after jam
releasing
Single-page option for storing File and sending Email

PRT

0
<0-1>

SYS

ALL

0
<0-1>
0
<0-1>

SYS

Attribute name for LDAP
Role Based Access

ALL

eBMUser
R
<->

SYS

6814-7
6815-0

Counter

6815-7
9047

General

9117

Network

9359
9394

User
interface
Network

9629

Network

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

ALL

Procedur
e

RAM

SYS

Auto resume
Resume by users
Sets 1 page as 1 file
Makes a file based
on the original

4

4

4

4

4

4

4
4
4

1

1
11

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 181
06/08

2

Code

Classification

Items

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
ALL
0
<0-2>

9739

Maintenance

Remote service
Toner-end notification

9828

General

Remote scanning mode

ALL

9829

General

Department management
limitation setting

ALL

9847

Finisher

Hole punching setting

ALL

9880

General

ALL

9881

General

Total counter transmission
date setting (2)
Day of total counter data
transmission

9882

General

Display mode of the used
capacity on the e-Filing
administrator page

9885

General

9886

Procedur
e

RAM

Contents

SYS

0: RDMS toner empty
notified immediately
1: RDMS toner empty
notified once a day
2: RDMS toner empty
not notified
0: Batch
1: Sequential
Decide the default limitation setting when the
new department code is
created.
0: No limit
1: Limited only in the
black mode
2: Limited in the color
mode
3: Limited in the black/
color mode
0: Invalid
1: Valid
1 to 31

1

1 byte 00000000(0)01111111(127)
From the 2nd bit Sunday, Monday,
Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday,
Saturday
0: All files search
mode
1: Performance priority
mode
0: Old FROM
1: New FROM
-1: Error
0: Comma
1: Period

1

0
<0-1>
0
<0-3>

SYS

0
<0-1>
1
<1-31>
0
<0-127>

SYS

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

New/Old FROM identification

ALL

<-1-1>

-

Scanner

Decimal point indication for
Enhanced Scan Template

SCN

SYS

9888

Scanner

SCN

SYS

0: Prohibited
1: Accepted

1

9891

User
interface

Permission setting for
changing the scan parameter when recalling an
extension
Warning message on the
touch panel when PM
(Periodic Maintenance)
time has come

EUR: 0
UC: 1
JPN: 1
<0-1>
0
<0-1>
1
<0-1>

SYS

0: No warning notification
1: Warning notification

1

ALL

ALL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 182
06/08

SYS

SYS
-

1
1

1
1

1

2
1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Note:
In this equipment, a toner image is formed on the transfer belt prior to a paper feeding.
When the feeding retry occurs and the transport timing is delayed, the toner image on the transfer belt is cleaned off without the 2nd transfer since the paper cannnot be reached for the 2nd
transfer proccess.
After that, the toner image fomation is retried while the paper is waited.
In this case, the toner for this image formation is consumed wastefully since the toner image on
the transfer belt is already cleaned off, even though the printing is normally completed.
Therefore, note that the excessive toner will be consumed consequently when the upper limit
value of feeding retry counter is set larger or set as "0" (no limit).
The toner is also consumed wastefully when the paper misfeeding occurs. Replace the roller at
earlier timing if the paper misfeedings have occurred frequently.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 183

2

<>(Chap. 2.2.6)
Note:
In the pixel counter function, the twin color copy mode is regarded as the full color mode.

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Standard paper size setting
ALL
EUR: 0
UC: 1
JPN: 0
<0-1>

Contents

SYS

Selects the standard
paper size to convert it
into the pixel count (%).
0: A4
1: LT
Clears all information
related to the pixel
counter.
Clears all information
related to the service
technician reference
pixel counter.
Clears all information
related to the toner cartridge reference pixel
counter.
Selects whether or not
to display the pixel
counter on the LCD
screen.
0: Displayed
1: Not displayed
Selects the reference
when displaying the
pixel counter on the
LCD screen.
0: Service technician
reference
1: Toner cartridge reference
Selects the counter to
determine toner empty.
0: Output pages
1: Pixel counter
Sets the number of output pages to determine
toner empty. This setting is valid when 0 is
set at 08-1506.
Sets the number of output pages to determine
toner empty. This setting is valid when 1 is
set at 08-1506.
Becomes 1 when 081502 is performed.

1

Displays the date on
which 08-1502 was performed.
Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.

2

1500

Pixel
counter

1501

Pixel
counter

Pixel counter all clearing

ALL

-

SYS

1502

Pixel
counter

Service technician reference counter clearing

ALL

-

SYS

1503

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
counter clearing

ALL

-

SYS

1504

Pixel
counter

Pixel counter display setting

ALL

1
<0-1>

SYS

1505

Pixel
counter

Displayed reference setting

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

1506

Pixel
counter

Toner empty determination
counter setting

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

1507

Pixel
counter

Threshold setting for toner
empty determination (Output pages)

ALL

500
<0-999>

SYS

1508

Pixel
counter

Threshold setting for toner
empty determination (Pixel
counter)

ALL

21500
<060000>

SYS

1509

Pixel
counter

ALL

0
<0-1>

SYS

1510

Pixel
counter

Pixel counter clear flag/
Service technician reference
Service technician reference cleared date

ALL

-

SYS

1511

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
cleared date (Y)

ALL
(color)

-

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 184

Procedur
e

RAM

3
3

3

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

1512

Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Toner cartridge reference
ALL
cleared date (M)
(color)

1513

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
cleared date (C)

ALL
(color)

-

SYS

1514

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
cleared date (K)

ALL

-

SYS

1515

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
count started date (Y)

ALL
(color)

-

SYS

1516

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
count started date (M)

ALL
(color)

-

SYS

1517

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
count started date (C)

ALL
(color)

-

SYS

1518

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge reference
count started date (K)

ALL

-

SYS

1547

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
fullcolor
(Service technicianreference)

PPC
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1548

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
black (Service technician
reference)

PPC <8 digits>
(black)

SYS

1549

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
fullcolor (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1550

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
black (Service technician
reference)

PRT <8 digits>
(black)

SYS

Code

Classification

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.
Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.
Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.
Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.
Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.
Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.
Displays the date on
which 08-1503 was performed.
Counts the number of
output pagesconverted
to the standard paper
sizein the copy function,
full color modeand service technician reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper sizein the copy
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]

Procedur
e
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2

2

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 185

2

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of output pages/
FAX
<8 digits>
black (Service technician
(black)
reference)

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the FAX
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the FAX
function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]

1551

Pixel
counter

1552

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
full color (K) (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1553

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
black (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC <8 digits>
(black)

SYS

1554

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
full color (K) (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1555

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
black (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT <8 digits>
(black)

SYS

1556

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
black (Toner cartridge reference)

FAX
<8 digits>
(black)

SYS

1557

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
full color (Y) (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(color)

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 186

<8 digits>

Procedur
e
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1558

Classification
Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Number of output pages/
PRT <8 digits>
full color (Y) (Toner car(color)
tridge reference)

RAM

Contents

SYS

Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
output pages converted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit. page]
Counts the number of
time of the toner cartridge Y replacement.
Counts the number of
time of the toner cartridge M replacement.
Counts the number of
time of the toner cartridge C replacement.
Counts the number of
time of the toner cartridge K replacement.

1559

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
full color (M) (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1560

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
full color (M) (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1561

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
full color (C) (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1562

Pixel
counter

Number of output pages/
full color (C) (Toner cartridge reference)

ALL
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

1563

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge Y replacement counter

ALL
(color)

<3 digits>

SYS

1564

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge M replacement counter

ALL
(color)

<3 digits>

SYS

1565

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge C replacement counter

ALL
(color)

<3 digits>

SYS

1566

Pixel
counter

Toner cartridge K replacement counter

ALL

<3 digits>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
2

2

2

2

2

2

2
2
2
2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 187

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Average pixel count/full
PPC
0
color (Y+M+C+K) (Service (color)
<0technician reference)
10000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, all toner and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner Y and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner M and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner C and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner K and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, all toner and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner Y and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner M and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]

1577

Pixel
counter

1578

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1579

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (M) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1580

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (C) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1581

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (K) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1582

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y+M+C+K) (Service
technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1583

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y) (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1584

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (M) (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 188

Procedur
e
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1585

Classification
Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Average pixel count/full
PRT
0
color (C) (Service techni(color)
<0cian reference)
10000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner C and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner K and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, all toner
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, toner Y and
service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, toner M
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, toner C
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, toner K and
service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]

1586

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (K) (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1587

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y+M+C+K) (Service
technician reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1588

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y) (Service technician reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1589

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (M) (Service technician reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1590

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (C) (Service technician reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1591

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (K) (Service technician reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1592

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/black
(Service technician reference)

PPC
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
2

2
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 189

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Average pixel count/black
PRT
0
(Service technician refer(black)
<0ence)
10000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the FAX
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer/FAX function,
black mode and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode, all
toner and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner Y and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner M and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner C and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner K and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, all toner and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]

1593

Pixel
counter

1594

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/black
(Service technician reference)

FAX
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1595

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/black
(Service technician reference)

PPC/
PRT/
FAX
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1596

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(Y+M+C+K) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1597

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(Y) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1598

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(M) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1599

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(C) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1600

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(K) (Service technician reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1601

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(Y+M+C+K) (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 190

Procedur
e
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1602

Classification
Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Latest pixel count/full color
PRT
0
(Y) (Service technician ref- (color)
<0erence)
10000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner Y and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner M and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner C and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner K and service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, black mode and
service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the FAX function, black mode and
service technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]

1603

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(M) (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1604

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(C) (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1605

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(K) (Service technician reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1606

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/black
(Service technician reference)

PPC
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1607

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/black
(Service technician reference)

PRT
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1608

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/black
(Service technician reference)

FAX
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1609

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
2

2
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 191

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Average pixel count/full
PPC
0
color (M) (Toner cartridge
(color)
<0reference)
10000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy
function, full color/black
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge refer
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]

1610

Pixel
counter

1611

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (C) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1612

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (K) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1613

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/black
(Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1614

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (K)+black (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC

0
<010000>

SYS

1615

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1616

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (M) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1617

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (C) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 192

Procedur
e
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1618

Classification
Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Average pixel count/full
PRT
0
color (K) (Toner cartridge
(color)
<0reference)
10000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the printer
function, full color/black
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, toner M
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer function, full
color mode, toner C
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the copy/
printer/FAX function,
black mode, toner K
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the average
pixel count in the FAX
function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]

1619

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/black
(Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1620

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (K)+black (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT

0
<010000>

SYS

1621

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (Y) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1622

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (M) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1623

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (C) (Toner cartridge
reference)

PPC/
PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1624

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/full
color (K)+black (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC/
PRT/
FAX

0
<010000>

SYS

1625

Pixel
counter

Average pixel count/black
(Toner cartridge reference)

FAX
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Procedur
e
2

2
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 193

Code

Classification

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Latest pixel count/full color
PPC
0
(Y) (Toner cartridge refer(color)
<0ence)
10000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit:0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner M and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner C and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, full color mode,
toner K and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the FAX function, black mode and
toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%]

1626

Pixel
counter

1627

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(M) (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1628

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(C) (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1629

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(K) (Toner cartridge reference)

PPC
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1630

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(Y) (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1631

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(M) (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1632

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(C) (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1633

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/full color
(K) (Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(color)

0
<010000>

SYS

1634

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/black
(Toner cartridge reference)

FAX
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 194

Procedur
e
2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1639

Classification
Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Latest pixel count/black
PPC
0
(Toner cartridge reference) (black)
<010000>

RAM

Contents

SYS

Displays the latest pixel
count in the copy function, black mode and
toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
Displays the latest pixel
count in the printer
function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the copy function, full color mode and
toner Y are displayed.
[Unit: page]

Procedur
e
2

2

1640

Pixel
counter

Latest pixel count/black
(Toner cartridge reference)

PRT
(black)

0
<010000>

SYS

1641-0

Pixel
counter

Pixel count
distribution/
full color (Y)

PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)
PPC
(color)

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

<8 digits>

SYS

14

1641-1

0-5%
5.1-10%

1641-2

10.1-15%

1641-3

15.1-20%

1641-4

20.1-25%

1641-5

25.1-30%

1641-6

30.1-40%

1641-7

40.1-60%

1641-8

60.1-80%

1641-9

80.1100%
0-5%

1642-0
1642-1

Pixel
counter

Pixel count
distribution/
full color (M)

5.1-10%

1642-2

10.1-15%

1642-3

15.1-20%

1642-4

20.1-25%

1642-5

25.1-30%

1642-6

30.1-40%

1642-7

40.1-60%

1642-8

60.1-80%

1642-9

80.1100%

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the copy function, full color mode and
toner M are displayed.
[Unit: page]

2

14
14
14
14
14

14
14
14
14
14

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 195

Code
1643-0
1643-1

Classification
Pixel
counter

1643-2
1643-3
1643-4
1643-5
1643-6
1643-7
1643-8
1643-9
1644-0
1644-1
1644-2
1644-3
1644-4
1644-5
1644-6
1644-7
1644-8
1644-9

Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Pixel count
0-5%
PPC <8 digits>
distribution/
(color)
full color (C)
5.1-10%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
10.1-15%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
15.1-20%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
20.1-25%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
25.1-30%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
30.1-40%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
40.1-60%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
60.1-80%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
80.1PPC <8 digits>
100%
(color)
Pixel count
0-5%
PPC <8 digits>
distribution/
(color)
full color (K)
5.1-10%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
10.1-15%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
15.1-20%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
20.1-25%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
25.1-30%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
30.1-40%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
40.1-60%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
60.1-80%
PPC <8 digits>
(color)
80.1PPC <8 digits>
100%
(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 196

RAM

Contents

SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the copy function, full color mode and
toner C are displayed.
[Unit: page]

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the copy function, full color mode and
toner K are displayed.
[Unit: page]

14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1645-0
1645-1

Classification
Pixel
counter

1645-2
1645-3
1645-4
1645-5
1645-6
1645-7
1645-8
1645-9
1646-0
1646-1

Pixel
counter

1646-2
1646-3
1646-4
1646-5
1646-6
1646-7
1646-8
1646-9

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Pixel count
0-5%
PRT <8 digits>
distribution/
(color)
full color (Y)
5.1-10%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
10.1-15%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
15.1-20%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
20.1-25%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
25.1-30%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
30.1-40%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
40.1-60%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
60.1-80%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
80.1PRT <8 digits>
100%
(color)
Pixel count
0-5%
PRT <8 digits>
distribution/
(color)
full color (M)
5.1-10%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
10.1-15%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
15.1-20%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
20.1-25%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
25.1-30%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
30.1-40%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
40.1-60%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
60.1-80%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
80.1PRT <8 digits>
100%
(color)

RAM

Contents

SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the printer function, full color mode and
toner Y are displayed.
[Unit: page]

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the printer function, full color mode and
toner M are displayed.
[Unit: page]

14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 197

2

Code
1647-0
1647-1

Classification
Pixel
counter

1647-2
1647-3
1647-4
1647-5
1647-6
1647-7
1647-8
1647-9
1648-0
1648-1
1648-2
1648-3
1648-4
1648-5
1648-6
1648-7
1648-8
1648-9

Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Pixel count
0-5%
PRT <8 digits>
distribution/
(color)
full color (C)
5.1-10%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
10.1-15%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
15.1-20%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
20.1-25%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
25.1-30%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
30.1-40%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
40.1-60%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
60.1-80%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
80.1PRT <8 digits>
100%
(color)
Pixel count
0-5%
PRT <8 digits>
distribution/
(color)
full color (K)
5.1-10%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
10.1-15%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
15.1-20%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
20.1-25%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
25.1-30%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
30.1-40%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
40.1-60%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
60.1-80%
PRT <8 digits>
(color)
80.1PRT <8 digits>
100%
(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 198

RAM

Contents

SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the printer function, full color mode and
toner C are displayed.
[Unit: page]

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the printer function, full color mode and
toner K are displayed.
[Unit: page]

14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Code
1649-0
1649-1

Classification
Pixel
counter

1649-2
1649-3
1649-4
1649-5
1649-6
1649-7
1649-8
1649-9
1650-0
1650-1

Pixel
counter

1650-2
1650-3
1650-4
1650-5
1650-6
1650-7
1650-8
1650-9

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Pixel count
0-5%
PPC <8 digits>
distribution/
(black)
black
5.1-10%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
10.1-15%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
15.1-20%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
20.1-25%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
25.1-30%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
30.1-40%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
40.1-60%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
60.1-80%
PPC <8 digits>
(black)
80.1PPC <8 digits>
100%
(black)
Pixel count
0-5%
PRT <8 digits>
distribution/
(black)
black
5.1-10%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
10.1-15%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
15.1-20%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
20.1-25%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
25.1-30%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
30.1-40%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
40.1-60%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
60.1-80%
PRT <8 digits>
(black)
80.1PRT <8 digits>
100%
(black)

RAM

Contents

SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the copy function and black mode
aredisplayed.
[Unit: page]

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the printer function and black mode are
displayed.
[Unit: page]

14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 199

2

Code
1651-0
1651-1
1651-2
1651-3
1651-4
1651-5
1651-6
1651-7
1651-8
1651-9

Classification
Pixel
counter

Setting mode (08)
Default
Func- 
Pixel count
0-5%
FAX
<8 digits>
distribution/
(black)
black
5.1-10%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
10.1-15%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
15.1-20%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
20.1-25%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
25.1-30%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
30.1-40%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
40.1-60%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
60.1-80%
FAX
<8 digits>
(black)
80.1FAX
<8 digits>
100%
(black)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 200
05/07

RAM

Contents

SYS

The pixel count data
are divided into 10
ranges. The number of
output pages in each
range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the FAX function and black mode are
dis-played.
[Unit: page]

SYS
SYS
SYS
SYS

Procedur
e
14
14
14
14
14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

SYS

14

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : No
Title                           : FC-451C_SH_EN_0004.pdf
Author                          : TT
Creator                         : pdfFactory Pro www.pdffactory.com
Producer                        : pdfFactory Pro 3.16 (Windows XP Professional Hungarian)
Create Date                     : 2007:09:14 21:33:45+02:00
Page Count                      : 200

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Toshiba Printer 281C Troubleshooting FC 451C_SH_EN_0004

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation